dfcgen-gtk-0.6/0000755000175000001440000000000014270306435010371 500000000000000dfcgen-gtk-0.6/COPYING0000644000175000001440000005065614162663742011367 00000000000000 This package is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. This package is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this package (see below); if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA DFCGen (GTK+) is: Copyright (C) 2006-2021 Ralf Hoppe GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (c) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software---to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The ``Program'', below, refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the Program'' means either the Pro- gram or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Here- inafter, translation is included without limitation in the term ``modification''.) Each licensee is addressed as ``you''. Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copy- right notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a. You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b. You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c. If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose per- missions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of deriva- tive or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the fol- lowing: a. Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be dis- tributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b. Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine- readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c. Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installa- tion of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major compo- nents (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distri- bution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automati- cally receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exer- cise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribu- tion is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorpo- rates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may dif- fer in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution condi- tions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORREC- TION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands show w and show c should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than show w and show c; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items---whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a ``copy- right disclaimer'' for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. , 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General Public License instead of this License. dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/0000755000175000001440000000000014270306435011334 500000000000000dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/debian/0000755000175000001440000000000014270306435012556 500000000000000dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/debian/watch0000644000175000001440000000022314243224627013526 00000000000000version=4 opts=filenamemangle=s/.+\/v?(\d\S+)\.tar\.gz/dfcgen-gtk-$1\.tar\.gz/ \ https://github.com/dfcgen/dfcgen-gtk/tags .*/v?(\d\S+)\.tar\.gz dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/debian/compat0000644000175000001440000000000214162663742013703 000000000000009 dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/debian/changelog0000644000175000001440000000354414264077347014370 00000000000000dfcgen-gtk (0.6-1) unstable; urgency=medium * Migration to GTK 3.18, up to 3.24 (Closes: #967310) * Fix missing window redraw after change of settings -- Ralf Hoppe Thu, 14 Jul 2022 22:38:50 +0200 dfcgen-gtk (0.5-1) unstable; urgency=medium * Support double click on coefficients list * Give tribute to Julius van Hann, not Hanning * Improve precision of lin. FIR frequency transformations * Fix Hann/Blackman window calculation * Fix cutoff frequency handling on read from project file * Add some semantic checks to frequency transformations * Fix (not visible) grid in response windows * Show response windows in taskbar and pager * Use of C99 array/struct initialization * Fix GDK/GTK+ warnings * Migration of associated Eclipse project to 3.8.1 (Juno) * Migration of Glade project to 3.8.6 (last release supporting GTK+2.0) * Migration from Subversion to Git * Remove Subversion keywords from source files * Get rid of autoreconf warnings * Upgrade to Automake 1.15 * Change contact and copyright statement * Sync with Debian release 0.4-3 -- Ralf Hoppe Mon, 13 Jan 2020 11:02:04 +0100 dfcgen-gtk (0.4-3) unstable; urgency=medium * Install a 64x64 icon to make AppStream happy * Update debian/copyright * Bump Standards-Version to 4.3.0, no changes -- Graham Inggs Tue, 05 Feb 2019 08:57:00 +0000 dfcgen-gtk (0.4-2) unstable; urgency=medium * Update Vcs-* URIs for move to salsa.debian.org * Increase thickness of unit circle * Switch to debhelper 11 * Update debian/copyright * Bump Standards-Version to 4.1.3, no changes -- Graham Inggs Sat, 20 Jan 2018 17:30:54 +0000 dfcgen-gtk (0.4-1) unstable; urgency=medium * Initial release. (Closes: #842491) -- Graham Inggs Sat, 29 Oct 2016 22:24:47 +0200 dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/debian/copyright0000644000175000001440000000227414243233564014440 00000000000000Format: https://www.debian.org/doc/packaging-manuals/copyright-format/1.0/ Upstream-Name: DFCGen (GTK+) Upstream-Contact: Ralf Hoppe Source: http://www.dfcgen.de Files: * License: GPL-2.0 Copyright: 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe Files: debian/* License: GPL-2.0 Copyright: 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe 2016-2019 Graham Inggs License: GPL-2.0 This package is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. . This package is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. . You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this package (see below); if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA . On Debian systems, the full text of the GNU General Public License version 2 can be found in the file `/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL-2'. dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/debian/rules0000754000175000001440000000030114162663742013556 00000000000000#!/usr/bin/make -f export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS = hardening=+all export DEB_LDFLAGS_MAINT_APPEND = -Wl,--as-needed # Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode. #export DH_VERBOSE=1 %: dh $@ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/debian/dfcgen-gtk.png0000644000175000001440000000124514162663742015226 00000000000000PNG  IHDR@@iqbKGD pHYs.#.#x?vtIME53+2IDATx[ G'cԡR,R$&tƻ^?q`U=Iu1+)ha(`0l-ZnӞcAh@=IPhupo-xVHƀP9I$Tp|EY qTWV (niR]uxRzW$A,`ow g?ӛbT@(Bh<H* dpDzXQ \)@tX@Ft  q"Md0k34Oj)=NpK$LuLoPun)պҕ0S<*6RnnPMs[5\f,6A>O{d}J@x (DW>TJVNNͷx; STu5&o Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 9), libgsl-dev, libgtk-3-dev (>= 3.18) Standards-Version: 3.9.8 Homepage: http://www.dfcgen.de Vcs-Browser: https://github.com/dfcgen/dfcgen-gtk Vcs-Git: https://github.com/dfcgen/dfcgen-gtk.git Package: dfcgen-gtk Architecture: any Depends: ${misc:Depends}, ${shlibs:Depends} Description: Digital Filter Coefficients Generator (DFCGen) GTK+ DFCGen, the Digital Filter Coefficients Generator, assists the engineer in the design of digital filters. It supports the engineer in analysis and synthesis of linear time-invariant time-discrete (LTI) systems from the theoretical point of view. It performs generation of system transfer function coefficients in the Z-domain, based on the type and specific parameters of a chosen system. dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/debian/source/0000755000175000001440000000000014270306435014056 500000000000000dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/debian/source/include-binaries0000644000175000001440000000002614162663742017143 00000000000000debian/dfcgen-gtk.png dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/debian/source/Makefile.in0000644000175000001440000003055114266063357016057 00000000000000# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.5 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ am__is_gnu_make = { \ if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \ false; \ elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \ true; \ elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \ true; \ else \ false; \ fi; \ } am__make_running_with_option = \ case $${target_option-} in \ ?) ;; \ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ has_opt=no; \ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \ else \ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \ *\\[\ \ ]*) \ bs=\\; \ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \ esac; \ fi; \ skip_next=no; \ strip_trailopt () \ { \ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \ }; \ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \ case $$flg in \ *=*|--*) continue;; \ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \ esac; \ case $$flg in \ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \ esac; \ done; \ test $$has_opt = yes am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option)) am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option)) pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = dist/debian/source ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/pkg.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@) am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_P_0 = false am__v_P_1 = : AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@) am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; am__v_GEN_1 = AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@) am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_at_0 = @ am__v_at_1 = SOURCES = DIST_SOURCES = am__can_run_installinfo = \ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \ n|no|NO) false;; \ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \ esac am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = @COPYRIGHT_HOLDER@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CSCOPE = @CSCOPE@ CTAGS = @CTAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ ETAGS = @ETAGS@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@ GETTEXT_PACKAGE = @GETTEXT_PACKAGE@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@ GREP = @GREP@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@ MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_AUTHOR = @PACKAGE_AUTHOR@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PKGCONF_CFLAGS = @PKGCONF_CFLAGS@ PKGCONF_LIBS = @PKGCONF_LIBS@ PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@ PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@ POSUB = @POSUB@ SED = @SED@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ STRIP = @STRIP@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ WINDRES = @WINDRES@ XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@ XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ pkgfiltersdir = @pkgfiltersdir@ pkgpixmapsdir = @pkgpixmapsdir@ pkgtemplatesdir = @pkgtemplatesdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ runstatedir = @runstatedir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ EXTRA_DIST = \ format \ include-binaries all: all-am .SUFFIXES: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign dist/debian/source/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign dist/debian/source/Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): tags TAGS: ctags CTAGS: cscope cscopelist: distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am distdir-am: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: check-am all-am: Makefile installdirs: install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am html-am: info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: .MAKE: install-am install-strip .PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic cscopelist-am \ ctags-am distclean distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html \ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \ installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf \ pdf-am ps ps-am tags-am uninstall uninstall-am .PRECIOUS: Makefile # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/debian/source/format0000644000175000001440000000000414162663742015212 000000000000001.0 dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/debian/source/Makefile.am0000644000175000001440000000021514162663742016037 00000000000000## -*- mode: makefile-automake -*- ## ## Copyright (C) 2020 Ralf Hoppe ## EXTRA_DIST = \ format \ include-binaries dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/debian/install0000644000175000001440000000015214162663742014074 00000000000000debian/dfcgen-gtk.desktop usr/share/applications debian/dfcgen-gtk.png usr/share/icons/hicolor/64x64/apps dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/debian/dfcgen-gtk.desktop0000644000175000001440000000104414162663742016110 00000000000000[Desktop Entry] Version=1.0 Type=Application Name=DFCGen (GTK+) Name[en]=DFCGen (GTK+) Name[de]=DFCGen (GTK+) GenericName=Digital Filter Coefficients Generator GenericName[en]=Digital Filter Coefficients Generator GenericName[de]=Digital Filter Coefficients Generator Comment=Digital Filter Coefficients Generator Comment[en]=Digital Filter Coefficients Generator Comment[de]=Digital Filter Coefficients Generator Icon=dfcgen-gtk.png Exec=dfcgen-gtk Categories=Education;Electronics;GTK; Keywords=dsp;signal;processing;fir;iir; StartupNotify=false dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/debian/Makefile.in0000644000175000001440000004523714266063357014566 00000000000000# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.5 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ am__is_gnu_make = { \ if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \ false; \ elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \ true; \ elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \ true; \ else \ false; \ fi; \ } am__make_running_with_option = \ case $${target_option-} in \ ?) ;; \ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ has_opt=no; \ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \ else \ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \ *\\[\ \ ]*) \ bs=\\; \ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \ esac; \ fi; \ skip_next=no; \ strip_trailopt () \ { \ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \ }; \ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \ case $$flg in \ *=*|--*) continue;; \ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \ esac; \ case $$flg in \ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \ esac; \ done; \ test $$has_opt = yes am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option)) am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option)) pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = dist/debian ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/pkg.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@) am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_P_0 = false am__v_P_1 = : AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@) am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; am__v_GEN_1 = AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@) am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_at_0 = @ am__v_at_1 = SOURCES = DIST_SOURCES = RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive cscopelist-recursive \ ctags-recursive dvi-recursive html-recursive info-recursive \ install-data-recursive install-dvi-recursive \ install-exec-recursive install-html-recursive \ install-info-recursive install-pdf-recursive \ install-ps-recursive install-recursive installcheck-recursive \ installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive ps-recursive \ tags-recursive uninstall-recursive am__can_run_installinfo = \ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \ n|no|NO) false;; \ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \ esac RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \ distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive am__recursive_targets = \ $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) \ $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) \ $(am__extra_recursive_targets) AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(am__recursive_targets:-recursive=) TAGS CTAGS \ distdir distdir-am am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) # Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input, # and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is # *not* preserved. am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\ BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \ { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \ ' # Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because, # e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables # for different programs/libraries. am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | $(am__uniquify_input)` DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) am__relativize = \ dir0=`pwd`; \ sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \ sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \ sed_last='s,^.*/\([^/]*\)$$,\1,'; \ sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \ while test -n "$$dir1"; do \ first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ if test "$$first" != "."; then \ if test "$$first" = ".."; then \ dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \ dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \ else \ first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \ dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ else \ dir2="../$$dir2"; \ fi; \ dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \ fi; \ fi; \ dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ done; \ reldir="$$dir2" ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = @COPYRIGHT_HOLDER@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CSCOPE = @CSCOPE@ CTAGS = @CTAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ ETAGS = @ETAGS@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@ GETTEXT_PACKAGE = @GETTEXT_PACKAGE@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@ GREP = @GREP@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@ MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_AUTHOR = @PACKAGE_AUTHOR@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PKGCONF_CFLAGS = @PKGCONF_CFLAGS@ PKGCONF_LIBS = @PKGCONF_LIBS@ PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@ PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@ POSUB = @POSUB@ SED = @SED@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ STRIP = @STRIP@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ WINDRES = @WINDRES@ XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@ XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ pkgfiltersdir = @pkgfiltersdir@ pkgpixmapsdir = @pkgpixmapsdir@ pkgtemplatesdir = @pkgtemplatesdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ runstatedir = @runstatedir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ SUBDIRS = source EXTRA_DIST = \ dfcgen-gtk.desktop \ dfcgen-gtk.png \ changelog \ compat \ control \ copyright \ docs \ rules \ watch \ install all: all-recursive .SUFFIXES: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign dist/debian/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign dist/debian/Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): # This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd # into them and run 'make' without going through this Makefile. # To change the values of 'make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, # (1) if the variable is set in 'config.status', edit 'config.status' # (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make'); # (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the 'make' command line. $(am__recursive_targets): @fail=; \ if $(am__make_keepgoing); then \ failcom='fail=yes'; \ else \ failcom='exit 1'; \ fi; \ dot_seen=no; \ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ case "$@" in \ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \ esac; \ for subdir in $$list; do \ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ dot_seen=yes; \ local_target="$$target-am"; \ else \ local_target="$$target"; \ fi; \ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ || eval $$failcom; \ done; \ if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ fi; test -z "$$fail" ID: $(am__tagged_files) $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique tags: tags-recursive TAGS: tags tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ include_option=--etags-include; \ empty_fix=.; \ else \ include_option=--include; \ empty_fix=; \ fi; \ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \ set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ fi; \ done; \ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: ctags-recursive CTAGS: ctags ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files) $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" cscopelist: cscopelist-recursive cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files) list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \ case "$(srcdir)" in \ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \ *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \ esac; \ for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then \ echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \ else \ echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \ fi; \ done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am distdir-am: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ $(am__make_dryrun) \ || test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ || exit 1; \ dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \ $(am__relativize); \ new_distdir=$$reldir; \ dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \ $(am__relativize); \ new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \ echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \\"; \ echo " am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \ distdir="$$new_distdir" \ am__remove_distdir=: \ am__skip_length_check=: \ am__skip_mode_fix=: \ distdir) \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: check-recursive all-am: Makefile installdirs: installdirs-recursive installdirs-am: install: install-recursive install-exec: install-exec-recursive install-data: install-data-recursive uninstall: uninstall-recursive install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-recursive install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-recursive clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-recursive -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags dvi: dvi-recursive dvi-am: html: html-recursive html-am: info: info-recursive info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-html: install-html-recursive install-html-am: install-info: install-info-recursive install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-recursive install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic pdf: pdf-recursive pdf-am: ps: ps-recursive ps-am: uninstall-am: .MAKE: $(am__recursive_targets) install-am install-strip .PHONY: $(am__recursive_targets) CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check \ check-am clean clean-generic cscopelist-am ctags ctags-am \ distclean distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am \ html html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \ installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf \ pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am .PRECIOUS: Makefile # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/debian/docs0000644000175000001440000000000714162663742013355 00000000000000README dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/debian/Makefile.am0000644000175000001440000000040214162663742014535 00000000000000## -*- mode: makefile-automake -*- ## ## Copyright (C) 2006-2020 Ralf Hoppe ## SUBDIRS = source EXTRA_DIST = \ dfcgen-gtk.desktop \ dfcgen-gtk.png \ changelog \ compat \ control \ copyright \ docs \ rules \ watch \ install dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/Makefile.in0000644000175000001440000004500614266063357013336 00000000000000# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.5 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ am__is_gnu_make = { \ if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \ false; \ elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \ true; \ elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \ true; \ else \ false; \ fi; \ } am__make_running_with_option = \ case $${target_option-} in \ ?) ;; \ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ has_opt=no; \ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \ else \ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \ *\\[\ \ ]*) \ bs=\\; \ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \ esac; \ fi; \ skip_next=no; \ strip_trailopt () \ { \ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \ }; \ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \ case $$flg in \ *=*|--*) continue;; \ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \ esac; \ case $$flg in \ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \ esac; \ done; \ test $$has_opt = yes am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option)) am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option)) pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = dist ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/pkg.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@) am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_P_0 = false am__v_P_1 = : AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@) am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; am__v_GEN_1 = AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@) am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_at_0 = @ am__v_at_1 = SOURCES = DIST_SOURCES = RECURSIVE_TARGETS = all-recursive check-recursive cscopelist-recursive \ ctags-recursive dvi-recursive html-recursive info-recursive \ install-data-recursive install-dvi-recursive \ install-exec-recursive install-html-recursive \ install-info-recursive install-pdf-recursive \ install-ps-recursive install-recursive installcheck-recursive \ installdirs-recursive pdf-recursive ps-recursive \ tags-recursive uninstall-recursive am__can_run_installinfo = \ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \ n|no|NO) false;; \ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \ esac RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS = mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive \ distclean-recursive maintainer-clean-recursive am__recursive_targets = \ $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS) \ $(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS) \ $(am__extra_recursive_targets) AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS = $(am__recursive_targets:-recursive=) TAGS CTAGS \ distdir distdir-am am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) # Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input, # and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is # *not* preserved. am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\ BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \ { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \ ' # Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because, # e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables # for different programs/libraries. am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | $(am__uniquify_input)` DIST_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) am__relativize = \ dir0=`pwd`; \ sed_first='s,^\([^/]*\)/.*$$,\1,'; \ sed_rest='s,^[^/]*/*,,'; \ sed_last='s,^.*/\([^/]*\)$$,\1,'; \ sed_butlast='s,/*[^/]*$$,,'; \ while test -n "$$dir1"; do \ first=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ if test "$$first" != "."; then \ if test "$$first" = ".."; then \ dir2=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_last"`/"$$dir2"; \ dir0=`echo "$$dir0" | sed -e "$$sed_butlast"`; \ else \ first2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_first"`; \ if test "$$first2" = "$$first"; then \ dir2=`echo "$$dir2" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ else \ dir2="../$$dir2"; \ fi; \ dir0="$$dir0"/"$$first"; \ fi; \ fi; \ dir1=`echo "$$dir1" | sed -e "$$sed_rest"`; \ done; \ reldir="$$dir2" ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = @COPYRIGHT_HOLDER@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CSCOPE = @CSCOPE@ CTAGS = @CTAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ ETAGS = @ETAGS@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@ GETTEXT_PACKAGE = @GETTEXT_PACKAGE@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@ GREP = @GREP@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@ MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_AUTHOR = @PACKAGE_AUTHOR@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PKGCONF_CFLAGS = @PKGCONF_CFLAGS@ PKGCONF_LIBS = @PKGCONF_LIBS@ PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@ PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@ POSUB = @POSUB@ SED = @SED@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ STRIP = @STRIP@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ WINDRES = @WINDRES@ XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@ XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ pkgfiltersdir = @pkgfiltersdir@ pkgpixmapsdir = @pkgpixmapsdir@ pkgtemplatesdir = @pkgtemplatesdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ runstatedir = @runstatedir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ SUBDIRS = debian win64 all: all-recursive .SUFFIXES: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign dist/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign dist/Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): # This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd # into them and run 'make' without going through this Makefile. # To change the values of 'make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles, # (1) if the variable is set in 'config.status', edit 'config.status' # (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run 'make'); # (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the 'make' command line. $(am__recursive_targets): @fail=; \ if $(am__make_keepgoing); then \ failcom='fail=yes'; \ else \ failcom='exit 1'; \ fi; \ dot_seen=no; \ target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \ case "$@" in \ distclean-* | maintainer-clean-*) list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)' ;; \ *) list='$(SUBDIRS)' ;; \ esac; \ for subdir in $$list; do \ echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \ if test "$$subdir" = "."; then \ dot_seen=yes; \ local_target="$$target-am"; \ else \ local_target="$$target"; \ fi; \ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $$local_target) \ || eval $$failcom; \ done; \ if test "$$dot_seen" = "no"; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) "$$target-am" || exit 1; \ fi; test -z "$$fail" ID: $(am__tagged_files) $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique tags: tags-recursive TAGS: tags tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ include_option=--etags-include; \ empty_fix=.; \ else \ include_option=--include; \ empty_fix=; \ fi; \ list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \ set "$$@" "$$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ fi; \ done; \ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: ctags-recursive CTAGS: ctags ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files) $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" cscopelist: cscopelist-recursive cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files) list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \ case "$(srcdir)" in \ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \ *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \ esac; \ for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then \ echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \ else \ echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \ fi; \ done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am distdir-am: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done @list='$(DIST_SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ $(am__make_dryrun) \ || test -d "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ || $(MKDIR_P) "$(distdir)/$$subdir" \ || exit 1; \ dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(distdir)/$$subdir"; \ $(am__relativize); \ new_distdir=$$reldir; \ dir1=$$subdir; dir2="$(top_distdir)"; \ $(am__relativize); \ new_top_distdir=$$reldir; \ echo " (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" distdir="$$new_distdir" \\"; \ echo " am__remove_distdir=: am__skip_length_check=: am__skip_mode_fix=: distdir)"; \ ($(am__cd) $$subdir && \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \ top_distdir="$$new_top_distdir" \ distdir="$$new_distdir" \ am__remove_distdir=: \ am__skip_length_check=: \ am__skip_mode_fix=: \ distdir) \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: check-recursive all-am: Makefile installdirs: installdirs-recursive installdirs-am: install: install-recursive install-exec: install-exec-recursive install-data: install-data-recursive uninstall: uninstall-recursive install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-recursive install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-recursive clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-recursive -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags dvi: dvi-recursive dvi-am: html: html-recursive html-am: info: info-recursive info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-recursive install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-html: install-html-recursive install-html-am: install-info: install-info-recursive install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-recursive install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-recursive install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-recursive -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-recursive mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic pdf: pdf-recursive pdf-am: ps: ps-recursive ps-am: uninstall-am: .MAKE: $(am__recursive_targets) install-am install-strip .PHONY: $(am__recursive_targets) CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check \ check-am clean clean-generic cscopelist-am ctags ctags-am \ distclean distclean-generic distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am \ html html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \ installcheck-am installdirs installdirs-am maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf \ pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am .PRECIOUS: Makefile # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/win64/0000755000175000001440000000000014270306435012303 500000000000000dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/win64/settings.ini0000644000175000001440000000020714270002444014554 00000000000000[Settings] gtk-theme-name = Adwaita gtk-icon-theme-name = Adwaita gtk-sound-theme-name = Adwaita gtk-icon-sizes = panel-menu-bar=24,24 dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/win64/dfcgen.ico0000644000175000001440000000207614162663742014161 00000000000000 & 0( @wwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwww˻wwwww̼w˻wwww̻w˻www̻w˼w}ܻ˻˻w}w̻w˼w}ww̻w˻w}www̼w˻̼w}www~w˻w}wwww~w}wwwwww~wwwwwwwww}www}wwwwwwwww}www}wwwwwwwww}www}wwwwwwwwwww}wwwwwwww}ww}wwwwwwwww}www}wwwwwwwww}ww|wwwwwwww}ww̻wwwwww}ww˼wwwwwww˼wwwwwww̻wwwwwwwww|wwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwwww( @ 1   1 ՄAAAAAAAA᱀dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/win64/Makefile.in0000644000175000001440000003053014266706152014276 00000000000000# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.5 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ am__is_gnu_make = { \ if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \ false; \ elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \ true; \ elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \ true; \ else \ false; \ fi; \ } am__make_running_with_option = \ case $${target_option-} in \ ?) ;; \ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ has_opt=no; \ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \ else \ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \ *\\[\ \ ]*) \ bs=\\; \ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \ esac; \ fi; \ skip_next=no; \ strip_trailopt () \ { \ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \ }; \ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \ case $$flg in \ *=*|--*) continue;; \ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \ esac; \ case $$flg in \ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \ esac; \ done; \ test $$has_opt = yes am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option)) am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option)) pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = dist/win64 ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/pkg.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@) am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_P_0 = false am__v_P_1 = : AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@) am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; am__v_GEN_1 = AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@) am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_at_0 = @ am__v_at_1 = SOURCES = DIST_SOURCES = am__can_run_installinfo = \ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \ n|no|NO) false;; \ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \ esac am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = @COPYRIGHT_HOLDER@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CSCOPE = @CSCOPE@ CTAGS = @CTAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ ETAGS = @ETAGS@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@ GETTEXT_PACKAGE = @GETTEXT_PACKAGE@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@ GREP = @GREP@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@ MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_AUTHOR = @PACKAGE_AUTHOR@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PKGCONF_CFLAGS = @PKGCONF_CFLAGS@ PKGCONF_LIBS = @PKGCONF_LIBS@ PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@ PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@ POSUB = @POSUB@ SED = @SED@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ STRIP = @STRIP@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ WINDRES = @WINDRES@ XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@ XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ pkgfiltersdir = @pkgfiltersdir@ pkgpixmapsdir = @pkgpixmapsdir@ pkgtemplatesdir = @pkgtemplatesdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ runstatedir = @runstatedir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ EXTRA_DIST = dfcgen-gtk.rc dfcgen.ico settings.ini all: all-am .SUFFIXES: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign dist/win64/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign dist/win64/Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): tags TAGS: ctags CTAGS: cscope cscopelist: distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am distdir-am: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: check-am all-am: Makefile installdirs: install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am html-am: info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: .MAKE: install-am install-strip .PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic cscopelist-am \ ctags-am distclean distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html \ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \ installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-generic pdf \ pdf-am ps ps-am tags-am uninstall uninstall-am .PRECIOUS: Makefile # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/win64/dfcgen-gtk.rc0000644000175000001440000000246514266471031014571 00000000000000/***************************************************************************** * dfcgen-gtk windows resource file, to be compiled with RC (MS) or WINDRES (MinGW) * * Author: Copyright (C) 2011-2022 Ralf Hoppe * ******************************************************************************/ #include #include "../../config.h" VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO FILEVERSION 0, 6, 0, 0 /* 0x00040000 */ PRODUCTVERSION 0, 6, 0, 0 /* 0x00040000 */ FILEFLAGSMASK VS_FFI_FILEFLAGSMASK FILEFLAGS VS_FF_PRERELEASE |VS_FF_DEBUG FILEOS VOS__WINDOWS32 FILETYPE VFT_APP BEGIN BLOCK "VarFileInfo" BEGIN VALUE "Translation", 0x0407, 0x04E4 /* German, Windows charset */ END BLOCK "StringFileInfo" BEGIN BLOCK "040704E4" /* German, Windows charset */ BEGIN VALUE "CompanyName", "Dipl.-Ing. R. Hoppe\000" VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe\000" VALUE "FileDescription", "Digital Filter Coefficients Generator (DFCGen) GTK+\000" VALUE "FileVersion", "0.6\000" VALUE "InternalName", PACKAGE "\000" VALUE "OriginalFilename", PACKAGE ".exe\000" VALUE "ProductName", PACKAGE " for Windows\000" VALUE "E-Mail", "ralf.hoppe@dfcgen.de" END END END DFCGen ICON "dfcgen.ico" dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/win64/Makefile.am0000644000175000001440000000023214266706046014263 00000000000000## -*- mode: makefile-automake -*- ## ## Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe ## EXTRA_DIST = dfcgen-gtk.rc dfcgen.ico settings.ini dfcgen-gtk-0.6/dist/Makefile.am0000644000175000001440000000017614266063047013320 00000000000000## -*- mode: makefile-automake -*- ## ## Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe ## SUBDIRS = debian win64 dfcgen-gtk-0.6/INSTALL0000644000175000001440000003661014162663742011357 00000000000000Installation Instructions ************************* Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification, are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright notice and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is, without warranty of any kind. Basic Installation ================== Briefly, the shell command `./configure && make && make install' should configure, build, and install this package. The following more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for instructions specific to this package. Some packages provide this `INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented below. The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not necessarily a bug. More recommendations for GNU packages can be found in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions. The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package. It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for debugging `configure'). It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache' and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale cache files. If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create `configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You need `configure.ac' if you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'. The simplest way to compile this package is: 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type `./configure' to configure the package for your system. Running `configure' might take a while. While running, it prints some messages telling which features it is checking for. 2. Type `make' to compile the package. 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries. 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and documentation. When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular user, and only the `make install' phase executed with root privileges. 5. Optionally, type `make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but this time using the binaries in their final installed location. This target does not install anything. Running this target as a regular user, particularly if the prior `make install' required root privileges, verifies that the installation completed correctly. 6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came with the distribution. 7. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed files again. In practice, not all packages have tested that uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the GNU Coding Standards. 8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide `make distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other targets like `make install' and `make uninstall' work correctly. This target is generally not run by end users. Compilers and Options ===================== Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that the `configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help' for details on some of the pertinent environment variables. You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here is an example: ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix *Note Defining Variables::, for more details. Compiling For Multiple Architectures ==================================== You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their own directory. To do this, you can use GNU `make'. `cd' to the directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'. This is known as a "VPATH" build. With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another architecture. On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or "universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like this: ./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \ CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \ CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E" This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results using the `lipo' tool if you have problems. Installation Names ================== By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under `/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an absolute file name. You can specify separate installation prefixes for architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries. Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix. In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories you can set and what kinds of files go in them. In general, the default for these options is expressed in terms of `${prefix}', so that specifying just `--prefix' will affect all of the other directory specifications that were not explicitly provided. The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the correct locations to `configure'; however, many packages provide one or both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the `make install' command line to change installation locations without having to reconfigure or recompile. The first method involves providing an override variable for each affected directory. For example, `make install prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of `${prefix}'. Any directories that were specified during `configure', but not in terms of `${prefix}', must each be overridden at install time for the entire installation to be relocated. The approach of makefile variable overrides for each directory variable is required by the GNU Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation. However, some platforms have known limitations with the semantics of shared libraries that end up requiring recompilation when using this method, particularly noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool. The second method involves providing the `DESTDIR' variable. For example, `make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend `/alternate/directory' before all installation names. The approach of `DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and does not work on platforms that have drive letters. On the other hand, it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even when some directory options were not specified in terms of `${prefix}' at `configure' time. Optional Features ================= If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'. Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to `configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package. They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The `README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the package recognizes. For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't, you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and `--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations. Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the execution of `make' will be. For these packages, running `./configure --enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be overridden with `make V=1'; while running `./configure --disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be overridden with `make V=0'. Particular systems ================== On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in order to use an ANSI C compiler: ./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500" and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX. HP-UX `make' updates targets which have the same time stamps as their prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped generated files such as `configure' are involved. Use GNU `make' instead. On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot parse its `' header file. The option `-nodtk' can be used as a workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended to try ./configure CC="cc" and if that doesn't work, try ./configure CC="cc -nodtk" On Solaris, don't put `/usr/ucb' early in your `PATH'. This directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of these programs are available in `/usr/bin'. So, if you need `/usr/ucb' in your `PATH', put it _after_ `/usr/bin'. On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in `/boot/common', not `/usr/local'. It is recommended to use the following options: ./configure --prefix=/boot/common Specifying the System Type ========================== There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the _same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the `--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form: CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM where SYSTEM can have one of these forms: OS KERNEL-OS See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If `config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't need to know the machine type. If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will produce code for. If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a platform different from the build platform, you should specify the "host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'. Sharing Defaults ================ If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'. `configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then `PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the `CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script. A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script. Defining Variables ================== Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run configure again during the build, and the customized values of these variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example: ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is overridden in the site shell script). Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to an Autoconf limitation. Until the limitation is lifted, you can use this workaround: CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash `configure' Invocation ====================== `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it operates. `--help' `-h' Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit. `--help=short' `--help=recursive' Print a summary of the options unique to this package's `configure', and exit. The `short' variant lists options used only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options also present in any nested packages. `--version' `-V' Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure' script, and exit. `--cache-file=FILE' Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE, traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to disable caching. `--config-cache' `-C' Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'. `--quiet' `--silent' `-q' Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error messages will still be shown). `--srcdir=DIR' Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually `configure' can determine that directory automatically. `--prefix=DIR' Use DIR as the installation prefix. *note Installation Names:: for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning the installation locations. `--no-create' `-n' Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output files. `configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run `configure --help' for more details. dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/0000755000175000001440000000000014270306435012014 500000000000000dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/linFirDesignDlg.h0000644000175000001440000001106114165065470015114 00000000000000/** * \file linFirDesignDlg.h * \brief Linear FIR filter dialog functions. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef LINFIRDESIGNDLG_H #define LINFIRDESIGNDLG_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "gui.h" #include "cfgSettings.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Linear FIR filter design dialog creation function. This function is * called if a linear FIR filter shall be designed. * * \note Originally generated by \e Glade, but heavy modified (see interface.c, * which isn't part of the project). * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * \param boxDesignDlg GtkVBox widget, which is the container for the dialog. * The dialog must be mapped to row 1 of it. * \param pPrefs Pointer to desktop preferences. * ******************************************************************************/ void linFirDesignDlgCreate (GtkWidget *topWidget, GtkWidget *boxDesignDlg, const CFG_DESKTOP* pPrefs); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Linear FIR filter design dialog preset function. Restores all states * of dialog elements from design data of a linear FIR filter. * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * \param pDesign Pointer to linear FIR design data. * \param pFilter Pointer to filter coefficients (only member \a f0 used * as input). * \param pPrefs Pointer to desktop preferences. * ******************************************************************************/ void linFirDesignDlgPreset (GtkWidget *topWidget, const LINFIR_DESIGN *pDesign, const FLTCOEFF *pFilter, const CFG_DESKTOP* pPrefs); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Linear FIR filter design dialog destroy function. * * \note If the dialog is not active the function does nothing. * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * ******************************************************************************/ void linFirDesignDlgDestroy (GtkWidget *topWidget); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Linear FIR filter design dialog ready/apply function. * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * \param pPrefs Pointer to desktop preferences. * * \return - 0 (or GSL_SUCCESS) if okay and nothing has changed. * - a negative number (typically GSL_CONTINUE) if a * coefficient or the degree has changed, but the filter * is valid. You can use the FLTERR_WARNING macro from * filterSupport.h to check this condition. * - a positive error number (typically from from errno.h * or gsl_errno.h) that something is wrong and the * filter must be seen as invalid. You can use the * FLTERR_CRITICAL macro from filterSupport.h to check * this condition. ******************************************************************************/ int linFirDesignDlgApply (GtkWidget *topWidget, const CFG_DESKTOP* pPrefs); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Checks whether the linear FIR filter design dialog is active or not. * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * * \return TRUE if the dialog is active (the main-widget of * linear FIR dialog found), else FALSE. ******************************************************************************/ BOOL linFirDesignDlgActive (GtkWidget *topWidget); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* LINFIRDESIGNDLG_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/dialogSupport.h0000644000175000001440000001232514165054354014747 00000000000000/** * \file dialogSupport.h * \brief Dialog helper functions. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef DLGSUPPORT_H #define DLGSUPPORT_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "gui.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Error message dialog. * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * \param format Printf like format string. * \param ... Arguments associated with format string. * ******************************************************************************/ void dlgError (GtkWidget* topWidget, char* format, ...); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** File error message dialog. * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * \param format Printf like format string. * \param filename Filename in filesystem coding (must not be UTF-8), which * is used as first argument into the format string (needs * %s format coding). * \param err GLib error pointer. * ******************************************************************************/ void dlgErrorFile (GtkWidget* topWidget, char* format, char *filename, GError *err); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Fetches a double value from a GtkEntry dialog widget. * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * \param ename Name of text entry widget (as set by GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT). * \param vmin Minimum allowed value (after applying \p multiplier). * \param vmax Maximum allowed value (after applying \p multiplier). * \param multiplier Multiplier for scaling the result (wrt. units). * \param pResult Pointer to result buffer. * * \return TRUE on success, else FALSE. If FALSe is returned then * a message was given to the user indicating the wrong * input. ******************************************************************************/ BOOL dlgGetDouble (GtkWidget* topWidget, const char *ename, double vmin, double vmax, double multiplier, double *pResult); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Fetches an integer value from a GtkEntry dialog widget. * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * \param ename Name of text entry widget (as set by GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT). * \param vmin Minimum allowed value. * \param vmax Maximum allowed value. * \param pResult Pointer to result buffer. * * \return TRUE on success, else FALSE. If FALSe is returned then * a message was given to the user indicating the wrong * input. ******************************************************************************/ BOOL dlgGetInt (GtkWidget* topWidget, const char *ename, int vmin, int vmax, int *pResult); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Sets a double value into a GtkEntry dialog widget. * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * \param name Name of text entry widget (as set by GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT). * \param multiplier Multiplier for scaling the result (wrt. units). * \param value The double value to set. * ******************************************************************************/ void dlgSetDouble (GtkWidget* topWidget, const char *name, double multiplier, double value); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** A little popup dialog, where the user shall enter a double value. * * \param topWindow Parent window. * \param title Title of window. * \param label Label to put before the GtkEntry text field. * \param comment An introduction displayed at top of the dialog (may be * NULL, then nothing is displayed at top position). * \param pResult Pointer to result buffer, which must be initialized with * a default value. * * \return TRUE on success, FALSE if the user has canceled. ******************************************************************************/ BOOL dlgPopupDouble (GtkWindow *topWindow, char *title, char *label, char *comment, double *pResult); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* DLGSUPPORT_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/cfgSettings.h0000644000175000001440000001052314165054161014365 00000000000000/** * \file cfgSettings.h * \brief DFCGen configuration settings. * \note All double values written to the configuration file are * formatted in the "C" locale for \c LC_NUMERIC. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef CFGSETTINGS_H #define CFGSETTINGS_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "gui.h" #include "cairoPlot.h" #include "responsePlot.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /** Desktop preferences. */ typedef struct { PLOT_UNIT timeUnit; /**< Time unit to be used for in-/output */ PLOT_UNIT frequUnit; /**< Frequency unit to be used for in-/output */ int outprec; /**< Output precision in printf */ } CFG_DESKTOP; /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Reads the DFCGen configuration from XDG_CONFIG_DIR, the XDG user * configuration directory (see XDG specification at * http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec). * * \param widget Top level widget used for default colors assignment. * ******************************************************************************/ void cfgCacheSettings (GtkWidget *widget); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Writes the DFCGen configuration to XDG_CONFIG_DIR, the XDG user * configuration directory (see XDG specification at * http://www.freedesktop.org/Standards/basedir-spec). * * \return Zero on success, else an error number. ******************************************************************************/ int cfgFlushSettings (void); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Gets the current desktop configuration settings (preferences). * * \return Pointer to current preferences. ******************************************************************************/ const CFG_DESKTOP* cfgGetDesktopPrefs (void); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Sets new desktop configuration settings (preferences). * * \param newPrefs Pointer to new preferences. * ******************************************************************************/ void cfgSetDesktopPrefs (CFG_DESKTOP* newPrefs); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Saves the response window configuration settings. It is assumed that the * response window is closed when calling this function. * * \param type Type of response plot/window. * \param pDiag Pointer to plot which holds the current settings. * ******************************************************************************/ void cfgSaveResponseSettings(RESPONSE_TYPE type, PLOT_DIAG* pDiag); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Restores the response window configuration settings. It is assumed that the * response window is visible when calling this function with a valid \a pDiag * pointer. * * \param type Type of response plot/window. * \param pDiag Pointer to plot which gets the settings from last * session. If \a pDiag is NULL, then the last * \e Visibility state is returned. * * \return TRUE if the response window should be visible (on), * FALSE if not (off). * ******************************************************************************/ BOOL cfgRestoreResponseSettings(RESPONSE_TYPE type, PLOT_DIAG* pDiag); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* CFGSETTINGS_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/support.h0000644000175000001440000001274714165071371013635 00000000000000/** * \file support.h * \brief Support functions, defines and macros, mostly for \e gettext, * widget and file handling. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef SUPPORT_H #define SUPPORT_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include #endif #include /* MACROS *********************************************************************/ /* If gettext.m4 has detected GNU gettext (libintl.h), then ENABLE_NLS is * defined. In that case a translation to the user's natural language may * be possible (if there are catalog files for that language installed). */ #ifdef ENABLE_NLS #include /* * Macros _() and N_() are keywords which trigger `gettext' (see also Make * variable XGETTEXT_OPTIONS). */ #undef _ #define _(String) dgettext (PACKAGE, String) #define Q_(String) g_strip_context ((String), gettext (String)) #ifdef gettext_noop #define N_(String) gettext_noop (String) #else #define N_(String) (String) #endif #else /* !ENABLE_NLS (no translation) */ #define textdomain(String) (String) #define gettext(String) (String) #define dgettext(Domain,Message) (Message) #define dcgettext(Domain,Message,Type) (Message) #define bindtextdomain(Domain,Directory) (Domain) #define _(String) (String) #define Q_(String) g_strip_context ((String), (String)) #define N_(String) (String) #endif /* ENABLE_NLS */ /* Some macros moved here from interface.c, which is generated by Glade (but * not used directly in this application). */ #define GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT(component,widget,name) \ g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (component), name, \ g_object_ref (widget), (GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref) #define GLADE_HOOKUP_OBJECT_NO_REF(component,widget,name) \ g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (component), name, widget) /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /** Directory Path Identifiers. * * \attention Don't change the enums, because order must match array indices * in support.c. */ typedef enum { DIR_ID_INVALID = -1, /**< Invalid ID (unused so far) */ DIR_ID_TEMPLATES = 0, /**< Templates directory */ DIR_ID_PIXMAPS = 1, /**< Pixmaps directory */ DIR_ID_FILTERS = 2, /**< Predefined filters directory */ DIR_ID_LOCALE = 3, /**< Locale directory */ DIR_ID_SIZE /**< Size of DIRECTORY_ID enum */ } DIRECTORY_ID; /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** \brief This function returns a widget in a component created by \e Glade. * * Call it with the toplevel widget in the component, or alternatively * any widget in the component, and the name of the widget you want * returned. * * \param[in] widget Top level widget pointer. * \param[in] name Name of widget to be searched for. * * \return Pointer to widget, if found, else NULL. ******************************************************************************/ GtkWidget* lookup_widget (GtkWidget* widget, const gchar* widget_name); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** \brief This function returns a path to a directory, using UTF-8 encoding. * * \param[in] dir_id Directory identifier. * * \return A newly allocated string that must be freed with g_free(). ******************************************************************************/ gchar* getPackageDirectory (DIRECTORY_ID dir_id); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** \brief Create a \c GdkPixbuf from a pixmaps file. * * \param[in] filename Pixmpas filename. * * \return A newly allocated \c GdkPixbuf, representing the pixmap file. ******************************************************************************/ GdkPixbuf* createPixbufFromFile (const gchar* filename); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** \brief Replacement for gtk_image_menu_item_new_from_stock() which is * deprecated since GTK 3.10. * * \param[in] name Label to be applied. * \param[in] img Icon image name. * \param[in,out] accel_group The accelerator group. * \param[in] accel_key The accelerator key, or \c GDK_KEY_VoidSymbol * in case there is none. * * \return A newly created menu item. ******************************************************************************/ GtkWidget* createImageMenuItem (const gchar* name, const gchar* img, GtkAccelGroup* accel_group, guint accel_key); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** \brief Replacement for gtk_button_new_from_stock() which is deprecated * since GTK 3.10. * * \param[in] name Label to be applied (translated by \e gettext). * \param[in] img Icon image (file) name. * * \return A newly created \e GtkButton. ******************************************************************************/ GtkWidget* createImageButton (const gchar* name, const gchar* img); #endif /* SUPPORT_H */ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/mainDlg.h0000644000175000001440000000521414165065535013470 00000000000000/** * \file mainDlg.h * \brief Main dialog management. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef MAINDLG_H #define MAINDLG_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "gui.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** dfcgen top widget creation. * * This function is completely taken over from interface.c, where it has been * generated by glade. * * * \return Top widget reference. ******************************************************************************/ GtkWidget* mainDlgCreate (void); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Updates the project information in statusbar. * ******************************************************************************/ void mainDlgUpdatePrjInfo (void); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Adjustment of main filter dialog from a new project (may be read from file * before). * * \param filename Associated filename in filesystem coding, or NULL to * reset. * ******************************************************************************/ void mainDlgUpdateAll (const char* filename); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Updates the filter dialog in main widget from current project. * ******************************************************************************/ BOOL mainDlgUpdateFilter (int err); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Redraw of main filter dialog and all associated response plot (an case a * project is defined, else does nothing). * ******************************************************************************/ void mainDlgRedrawAll (void); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* MAINDLG_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/helpDlg.h0000644000175000001440000000276714165055326013503 00000000000000/** * \file helpDlg.h * \brief Interface to dialog functions of \e Help menu. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef HELPDLG_H #define HELPDLG_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "gui.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** About dialog creation callback from menu. * * \param menuitem \e Help \e About menu item. * \param user_data User data as passed to function g_signal_connect (unused). * * \return Widget pointer. ******************************************************************************/ void helpDlgMenuActivate (GtkMenuItem* menuitem, gpointer user_data); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* HELPDLG_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/dfcgen.h0000644000175000001440000000741714165054227013346 00000000000000/** * \file dfcgen.h * \brief Digital Filter Coefficients Generator common types. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef DFCGEN_H #define DFCGEN_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "base.h" /* basic types and constants */ #include "mathPoly.h" /* for polynomial types */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /** Frequency transformations applied to lowpass filters. * * \attention Don't change the enums, because order must match list element * index in dialog. */ typedef enum { FTR_NON = 0, FTR_HIGHPASS, FTR_BANDPASS, FTR_BANDSTOP, FTR_SIZE } FTR; /** Special signals. */ typedef enum { FLTSIGNAL_DIRAC, FLTSIGNAL_HEAVISIDE, FLTSIGNAL_USER } FLTSIGNAL; /** Basic filter classes (from design viewpoint). * * \attention Don't change the enums, because order must match list element * index in dialog. */ typedef enum { FLTCLASS_NOTDEF = -1, /**< No filter defined/loaded */ FLTCLASS_MISC = 0, /**< Miscellaneous FIR/IIR filters */ FLTCLASS_LINFIR = 1, /**< Linear FIR filter */ FLTCLASS_STDIIR = 2, /**< IIR filter */ FLTCLASS_SIZE /**< Size of enum */ } FLTCLASS; /** Frequency transformation data. */ typedef struct { FTR type; /**< Frequency transformation type */ unsigned flags; /**< Special flags for bandpass/bandstop transform */ double fc; /**< Center (BP, BS) or cutoff (HP) frequency */ double bw; /**< Bandwidth (only BP or BS) */ } FTRDESIGN; /* Digital filter. */ typedef struct { double f0; /**< Sample frequency */ MATHPOLY num; /**< Numerator polynomial coefficients \& roots */ MATHPOLY den; /**< Denominator polynomial coefficients & roots */ double factor; /**< Transfer function factor applied to roots product. If this member has value 0.0 then no valid roots representation is available. */ } FLTCOEFF; /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ #define FLT_DEGREE_MAX 1024 /**< Maximum degree of a filter */ #define FLT_DEGREE_MIN 1 /**< Minimum degree of a filter */ #define FLT_SAMPLE_MAX (4.0 / DBL_EPSILON) /**< Maximum sampling frequency */ #define FLT_SAMPLE_MIN (1E-6) /**< Minimum sampling frequency */ #define FLTCLASS_DEFAULT FLTCLASS_MISC /**< default filter class (raw) */ /** Define to be used in element \em flags of structure FTRDESIGN to indicate that center frequency (BP, BS) is geometric mean of cutoff frequencies \f$f_c = \sqrt{f_1 f_2}\f$. Normally (arithmetic mean) it is calculated by \f$f_c = (f_1 + f_2) / 2\f$. */ #define FTRDESIGN_FLAG_CENTER_GEOMETRIC 1 /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* DFCGEN_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/mathMisc.h0000644000175000001440000000411714165066037013661 00000000000000/** * \file mathMisc.h * \brief Miscellaneous mathematical functions and macros. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef MATHMISC_H #define MATHMISC_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "base.h" /* includes config.h (include before math.h) */ #include #include #include #include #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Tries division \f$y=num/den\f$ wrt. overflow. * * \param num Numerator. * \param den Denominator. * * \return \f$y=num/den\f$ or GSL_POSINF/GSL_NEGINF. Use the * functions gsl_isinf() or gsl_finite() for result * checking. ******************************************************************************/ double mathTryDiv(double num, double den); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Swaps two double values. * * \param p1 Pointer to first value. * \param p2 Pointer to second value. * * \return Nothing. ******************************************************************************/ void mathDoubleSwap(double *p1, double *p2); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* MATHMISC_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/rootsPlot.h0000644000175000001440000000436714165070531014122 00000000000000/** * \file rootsPlot.h * \brief Roots plot functions. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef ROOTSPLOT_H #define ROOTSPLOT_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "gui.h" #include "mathPoly.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Creates a \e GtkDrawingArea used for roots display. * * \return Pointer to widget (\e GtkDrawingArea, GDK drawable), which * is used in function rootsPlotUpdate() to draw polynomial * roots. ******************************************************************************/ GtkWidget *rootsPlotCreate (void); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Re-calculates the roots of transfer \f$H(z)\f$ of a filter. * * \param pFilter Pointer to filter coefficients, for which the roots * shall be calculated. Set this to NULL, if the filter * (and therefore the roots too) is invalid. * ******************************************************************************/ void rootsPlotUpdate (FLTCOEFF *pFilter); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Forces a asynchronous redraw of all transfer function roots. * ******************************************************************************/ void rootsPlotRedraw (void); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* ROOTSPLOT_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/stdIirFilter.h0000644000175000001440000001036114165070754014517 00000000000000/** * \file stdIirFilter.h * \brief Interface to Standard IIR Filter approximation functions. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef STDIIR_FILTER_H #define STDIIR_FILTER_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "dfcgen.h" /* includes config.h (include before GNU system headers) */ #include #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /** Standard lowpass filter approximations (results in IIR filter). * * \attention Don't change the enums, because order must match list element * index in dialog. */ typedef enum { STDIIR_TYPE_BUTTERWORTH = 0, /**< Power filters (max. flat magnitude response) */ STDIIR_TYPE_CHEBY = 1, /**< Chebyshev with passband ripple */ STDIIR_TYPE_CHEBYINV = 2, /**< Chebyshev inverse (stopband ripple) */ STDIIR_TYPE_CAUER1 = 3, /**< Cauer filter (design by passband ripple) */ STDIIR_TYPE_CAUER2 = 4, /**< Cauer filter (design by stopband attenuation) */ STDIIR_TYPE_BESSEL = 5, /**< Bessel filter (max. flat group delay) */ STDIIR_TYPE_SIZE /**< Size of STDIIR_TYPE enumeration */ } STDIIR_TYPE; /** Laplace to Z-domain transformation algorithms. */ typedef enum { ZTR_BILINEAR, ZTR_EULER_FORWARD, ZTR_EULER_BACKWARD, ZTR_SIZE } STDIIR_ZTR; /** Standard IIR filter design constraints. * \see DESIGNDLG_COMMON */ typedef struct { STDIIR_TYPE type; /**< Filter type. \attention Must be the 1st element. */ int order; /**< Order of filter. \attention Must be the 2nd element */ double cutoff; /**< Cutoff frequency. \attention Must be the 3rd element */ FTRDESIGN ftr; /**< Frequency transformation data. \attention Must be the 4th element */ STDIIR_ZTR zAlgo; /**< Laplace to Z transform algorithm (not implemented yet) */ double ripple; /**< Maximum passband (ripple) attenuation in dB (elliptic filter) */ double minatt; /**< Minimum stopband attenuation in dB (elliptic filter) */ double angle; /**< Module angle (\e Cauer filter) */ } STDIIR_DESIGN; /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ #define STDIIR_ATT_MAX (20.0 * FLT_MAX_10_EXP) /**< Maximum attenuation input */ #define STDIIR_RIPPLE_MIN (1.0 / STDIIR_ATT_MAX) /**< Minimum ripple attenuation (0dB) */ #define STDIIR_RIPPLE_MAX (10*log10(2.0)) /**< Maximum ripple attenuation (3dB) */ #define STDIIR_STOPATT_MIN (10*log10(2.0)) /**< Minimum stopband attenuation (3dB) */ #define STDIIR_STOPATT_MAX STDIIR_ATT_MAX /**< Maximum stopband attenuation (\f$\infty\f$) */ #define STDIIR_ANGLE_MIN (0.001) /**< Minimum modular angle of elliptic filters */ #define STDIIR_ANGLE_MAX (89.999) /**< Maximum modular angle of elliptic filters */ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Generates an IIR filter from standard approximations. The cutoff frequency * always is assumed to be the 3dB point of magnitude response. * * \param pDesign Pointer to standard IIR design data. * \param pFilter Pointer to buffer which gets the generated filter. * Notice, that memory space for polynomials will be * allocated. * * \return Zero on success, else an error number (see errno.h or * gsl_errno.h for predefined codes). ******************************************************************************/ int stdIirFilterGen (STDIIR_DESIGN *pDesign, FLTCOEFF *pFilter); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* STDIIR_FILTER_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/projectFile.h0000644000175000001440000001144114165070154014353 00000000000000/** * \file projectFile.h * \brief Project file handling. * \note All double values written to a DFCGen project file are * formatted in the \e C locale for \c LC_NUMERIC. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef PRJFILE_H #define PRJFILE_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "dfcProject.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /** Export types, to be used with function prjFileExport(). */ typedef enum { PRJFILE_EXPORT_PLAIN, /**< plain text (*.txt) */ PRJFILE_EXPORT_MATLAB, /**< MATLAB file (*.m) */ PRJFILE_EXPORT_CLANG, /* "C" file (*.c) */ } PRJFILE_EXPORT_TYPE; /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ #define PRJFILE_NAME_SUFFIX ".dfc" /**< Default project filename suffix */ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Exports a filter project to a file. * * \param type Export type. * \param filename Filename of file (inclusive path). * \param pProject Pointer to project data. * * \return Zero on succes, else an error number from errno.h. ******************************************************************************/ int prjFileExport (PRJFILE_EXPORT_TYPE type, const char *filename, DFCPRJ_FILTER *pProject); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Writes a filter project to a file. * * \param filename Filename of file (inclusive path). * \param pProject Pointer to project data. * * \return Zero on succes, else an error number. ******************************************************************************/ int prjFileWrite (const char *filename, DFCPRJ_FILTER *pProject); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Reads a filter project from a file. In case of an error it sets the pointer * to the error structure, which itself can be used to display the original * error message. Modification of the error structure pointer indicates an * critical error. In that case it has to be free'ed with g_error_free(). * * \param filename Filename of file (with path). * \param pProject Pointer to project buffer. This project will be * overwritten (only) on success. * \param err Pointer to an error (structure) pointer. The pointer * to the error structure must be set NULL before calling * function prjFileRead(). * ******************************************************************************/ void prjFileRead (const char *filename, DFCPRJ_FILTER *pProject, GError **err); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Scans for project info (header) data in a DFCGen project file. In case * of an error it sets the pointer to the error structure, which itself can be * used to display the original error message. Modification of the error * structure pointer indicates an critical error. In that case it has to be * free'ed with g_error_free(). * * \param filename Filename of file (with path). * \param pInfo Pointer to project info data buffer. * \param err Pointer to an error (structure) pointer. The pointer * to the error structure must be set NULL before calling * function prjFileScan(). * ******************************************************************************/ void prjFileScan (const char *filename, DFCPRJ_INFO *pInfo, GError **err); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Frees malloc'ed memory space from project info (author, title, desc). * This function is designed as a counterpart to function prjFileScan(). * * \param pInfo Pointer to project info data. * ******************************************************************************/ void prjFileFree (DFCPRJ_INFO *pInfo); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* PRJFILE_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/designDlg.h0000644000175000001440000000731414165054216014012 00000000000000/** * \file designDlg.h * \brief Design dialogs handler. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef DESIGNDLG_H #define DESIGNDLG_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "gui.h" #include "miscFilter.h" #include "linFirFilter.h" #include "stdIirFilter.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /** First four common elements in a designs. */ typedef struct { int type; /**< Filter type. \attention Must be the 1st element */ int order; /**< Order of filter. \attention Must be the 2nd element */ double cutoff; /**< Cutoff frequency. \attention Must be the 3rd element */ FTRDESIGN ftr; /**< Frequency transformation data. \attention Must be the 4th element */ } DESIGNDLG_COMMON; /** Dialog data of a filter. */ typedef union dlg { MISCFLT_DESIGN miscFlt; /**< Miscellaneous filter design data */ LINFIR_DESIGN linFir; /**< Lin. FIR design data */ STDIIR_DESIGN stdIir; /**< Standard IIR filter design data */ DESIGNDLG_COMMON all; /**< For generic access (not a specific design) */ } DESIGNDLG; /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ #define DESIGNDLG_COMBO_CLASS "comboFilterClass" /**< Filter class combobox widget name */ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** This function should be called, if the design dialog (box) is realized. * * * \param widget Widget pointer. * \param user_data Pointer to user data (unused). * * \return Nothing. ******************************************************************************/ void designDlgBoxRealize(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer user_data); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** This function is called if the filter class changes. * * * \param combobox Filter class combobox widget. * * \return Nothing. ******************************************************************************/ void designDlgOnFilterComboChanged (GtkComboBox* combobox, gpointer user_data); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** This function shall be called if the filter design dialog must be updated. * * \param topWidget Top level widget. * ******************************************************************************/ void designDlgUpdate (GtkWidget *topWidget); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** This function should be called if the \e Apply button emits the \e clicked * signal. * * \param button \e Apply button widget handle. * \param data User data as passed to function g_signal_connect. In * that case (here) it is the filter class combobox widget * handle. * ******************************************************************************/ void designDlgApply (GtkButton *button, gpointer data); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* DESIGNDLG_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/dfcProject.h0000644000175000001440000001642314165054024014173 00000000000000/** * \file dfcProject.h * \brief DFCGen filter project management. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef DCFPROJECT_H #define DCFPROJECT_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "dfcgen.h" #include "designDlg.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /** DFCGen project info data. */ typedef struct { char *author; /**< Pointer to author name (may be NULL) */ char *title; /**< Pointer to project name (may be NULL) */ char *desc; /**< Pointer to project description (may be NULL) */ } DFCPRJ_INFO; /** DFCGen project. */ typedef struct { DFCPRJ_INFO info; /**< Project info (header) */ FLTCLASS fltcls; /**< Filter class */ DESIGNDLG design; /**< Filter design data (union) */ FLTCOEFF filter; /**< Coefficients in Z domain */ unsigned flags; /**< Flags, e.g. DFCPRJ_FLAG_SUPERSEDED */ } DFCPRJ_FILTER; /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /** This flag indicates that the design was supersed. Maybe anyone has modified coefficients or roots directly, then the design is superseded. */ #define DFCPRJ_FLAG_SUPERSEDED 1 /** This flag indicates that the project was saved after changes made to coefficients. */ #define DFCPRJ_FLAG_SAVED 2 /** Internally and only temporary used flag (reserved). */ #define DFCPRJ_FLAG_INTERNAL 0x8000 /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* MACRO **********************************************************************/ /** Gets the current project flags. * * \return Returns project flags. ******************************************************************************/ #define dfcPrjGetFlags() dfcPrjSetFlags (~0, 0) /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Sets the (new) passed design and filter into the current project. All old * project data, except the header information, are free'ed. The project flag * DFCPRJ_FLAG_SUPERSEDED is set if \p type is equal to FLTCLASS_NOTDEF, else * it is cleared. * * \param type Class of filter. If FLTCLASS_NOTDEF is passed in here, * then the current filter class is unchanged. * \param pFilter Pointer to new filter (coefficients) data. * \param pDesign Pointer to new design data. Set this to NULL if design * data shall not be changed (or are not available). * ******************************************************************************/ void dfcPrjSetFilter (FLTCLASS type, FLTCOEFF* pFilter, DESIGNDLG *pDesign); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Sets new project information data. * * \param pInfo Pointer to new project info. * ******************************************************************************/ void dfcPrjSetInfo (DFCPRJ_INFO *pInfo); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Gets the filter design dialog parameters (if return value is unequal to * FLTCLASS_NOTDEF). * * \param pBuf Buffer which gets the filter design (may be NULL). * * \return Class of filter. ******************************************************************************/ FLTCLASS dfcPrjGetDesign (DESIGNDLG *pBuf); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Returns a pointer to the current filter definition. * * \return Pointer to filter coefficients/roots (or NULL if not * defined). ******************************************************************************/ FLTCOEFF* dfcPrjGetFilter (void); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Returns a pointer to the current project information. * * \return Pointer to project info. ******************************************************************************/ DFCPRJ_INFO* dfcPrjGetInfo (void); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Exports the current filter project to a file. * * \param filename Filename of file (inclusive path). * * \return Zero on succes, else an error number from errno.h. ******************************************************************************/ int dfcPrjExport (char *filename); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Saves the current filter project to a file. * * \param filename Filename of file (inclusive path). * * \return Zero on succes, else an error number. ******************************************************************************/ int dfcPrjSave (char *filename); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Loads a new filter project from a file. In case of an error it sets the * pointer to the error structure, which itself can be used to display the * original error message. Modification of the error structure pointer * indicates an critical error. In that case it has to be free'ed with * g_error_free(). * * \param filename Filename of file (inclusive path). * \param err Pointer to an error (structure) pointer. The pointer * to the error structure must be set NULL before calling * function dfcPrjLoad(). * ******************************************************************************/ void dfcPrjLoad (char *filename, GError **err); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Frees all malloc'ed memory space from a project. Free'ing the project * memory includes the header info (do not call prjFileFree() in addition). * * \param pProject Pointer to project data. Set to NULL to free the * current project. * ******************************************************************************/ void dfcPrjFree (DFCPRJ_FILTER *pProject); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Sets, clears and gets project flags. * * \param andMask Mask to be applied to project flags by an \e AND operation. * \param orMask Mask to be applied to project flags by an \e OR operation. * * \return Returns old project flags. ******************************************************************************/ unsigned dfcPrjSetFlags (unsigned andMask, unsigned orMask); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* DCFPROJECT_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/editDlg.h0000644000175000001440000000441514165054476013475 00000000000000/** * \file editDlg.h * \brief Interface to dialog functions of \e Edit menu. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef EDITDLG_H #define EDITDLG_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "gui.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** \e Activate event callback emitted when the \e Settings menuitem is selected * from \e Edit menu. * * \param widget \e Edit \e Settings widget (GtkMenuItem on event * \e activate or GtkToolButton on event \e clicked), * which causes this call. * \param user_data User data set when the signal handler was connected (unused). * ******************************************************************************/ void editDlgSettingsActivate (GtkWidget* widget, gpointer user_data); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** \e Activate event callback emitted when the \e Info menuitem is selected * from \e Edit menu. * * \param widget \e Edit \e Info widget (GtkMenuItem on event * \e activate or GtkToolButton on event \e clicked), * which causes this call. * \param user_data User data set when the signal handler was connected (unused). * ******************************************************************************/ void editDlgInfoActivate (GtkWidget* widget, gpointer user_data); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* EDITDLG_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/stdIirDesignDlg.h0000644000175000001440000001064714165070647015142 00000000000000/** * \file stdIirDesignDlg.h * \brief Standard IIR filter dialog functions. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef STDIIRDESIGNDLG_H #define STDIIRDESIGNDLG_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "gui.h" #include "cfgSettings.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Standard IIR filter design dialog creation function. * * This function has to be called if a standard IIR filter shall be designed. * * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * \param boxDesignDlg GtkVBox widget, which is the container for the dialog. * The dialog must be mapped to row 1 of it. * \param pPrefs Pointer to desktop preferences. * ******************************************************************************/ void stdIirDesignDlgCreate (GtkWidget *topWidget, GtkWidget *boxDesignDlg, const CFG_DESKTOP* pPrefs); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Standard IIR filter design dialog preset function. Restores all states * of dialog elements from design data of a standard IIR filter. * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * \param pDesign Pointer to standard IIR design data. * \param pFilter Pointer to filter coefficients (only member \a f0 used). * \param pPrefs Pointer to desktop preferences. * ******************************************************************************/ void stdIirDesignDlgPreset (GtkWidget *topWidget, const STDIIR_DESIGN *pDesign, const FLTCOEFF *pFilter, const CFG_DESKTOP* pPrefs); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Standard IIR filter design dialog destroy function. * * \note If the dialog is not active the function does nothing. * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * ******************************************************************************/ void stdIirDesignDlgDestroy (GtkWidget *topWidget); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Checks whether the standard IIR filter design dialog is active or not. * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * * \return TRUE if the dialog is active (the main-widget of * standard IIR dialog found), else FALSE. ******************************************************************************/ BOOL stdIirDesignDlgActive (GtkWidget *topWidget); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Standard IIR filter design dialog ready/apply function. * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * \param pPrefs Pointer to desktop preferences. * * \return - 0 (or GSL_SUCCESS) if okay and nothing has changed. * - a negative number (typically GSL_CONTINUE) if a * coefficient or the degree has changed, but the filter * is valid. You can use the FLTERR_WARNING macro from * filterSupport.h to check this condition. * - a positive error number (typically from from errno.h * or gsl_errno.h) that something is wrong and the * filter must be seen as invalid. You can use the * FLTERR_CRITICAL macro from filterSupport.h to check * this condition. ******************************************************************************/ int stdIirDesignDlgApply (GtkWidget *topWidget, const CFG_DESKTOP* pPrefs); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* STDIIRDESIGNDLG_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/filterSupport.h0000644000175000001440000001455414165055126015001 00000000000000/** * \file filterSupport.h * \brief Filter support functions. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef FILTERSUPPORT_H #define FILTERSUPPORT_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "dfcgen.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ #define FLTERR_CRITICAL(err) ((err) > 0) #define FLTERR_WARNING(err) ((err) < 0) #define FLTERR_SUCCESS(err) ((err) == 0) /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Allocates memory space for a filter. * * This function mallocs memory space for filter coefficients and roots based * on the degree of numerator and denominator polynomial. * * \param flt Filter structure. * * \return 0 on success, else an error code (typically ENOMEM). ******************************************************************************/ int filterMalloc (FLTCOEFF *flt); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Free's all memory space allocated for a filter. * * \param flt Filter structure. * ******************************************************************************/ void filterFree(FLTCOEFF *flt); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Duplicates a filter. This function mallocs memory space for filter * coefficients and roots based on the degree of the source filter pointed by * \p src. Then it copies the numerator and denominator polynomial to \p dest. * Use function filterFree() to free all the new associated memory. * * \param src Source filter (input). * \param dest Destination filter (output). * * \return Zero on success, else an error code (typically ENOMEM). ******************************************************************************/ int filterDuplicate (FLTCOEFF *dest, FLTCOEFF *src); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Checks ability to implement a digital system/filter. * * \param pFilter Pointer to filter coefficients/roots. * * \return - 0 (or GSL_SUCCESS) if okay and nothing has changed. * - a negative number (typically GSL_CONTINUE) if a * coefficient or the degree has changed, but the filter * is valid. You can use the FLTERR_WARNING macro from * filterSupport.h to check this condition. * - a positive error number (typically from from errno.h * or gsl_errno.h) that something is wrong and the * filter must be seen as invalid. You can use the * FLTERR_CRITICAL macro from filterSupport.h to check * this condition. ******************************************************************************/ int filterCheck (FLTCOEFF *pFilter); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Normalizes the coefficients of a filter. To perform that, it * first modifies the denominator coefficients such that \f$den_0=1\f$ is * ensured. At the second step it re-calculates the numerator coefficients. * * \param pFilter Pointer to filter. * * \return - 0 (or GSL_SUCCESS) if okay and nothing has changed. * - a negative number (typically GSL_CONTINUE) if a * coefficient or the degree has changed, but the filter * is valid. You can use the FLTERR_WARNING macro from * filterSupport.h to check this condition. * - a positive error number (typically from from errno.h * or gsl_errno.h) that something is wrong and the * filter must be seen as invalid. You can use the * FLTERR_CRITICAL macro from filterSupport.h to check * this condition. ******************************************************************************/ int normFilterCoeffs (FLTCOEFF *pFilter); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Normalizes the magnitude of a filter. The function trys to normalize the * transfer ratio (filter magnitude) at a given frequency. To perform that, it * first modifies the denominator coefficients such that \f$den_0=1\f$ is * ensured. At the second step it re-calculates the numerator coefficients in * a way, that the magnitude response at the reference frequency is unity (1). * * \param pFilter Pointer to filter. * \param f Frequency (normalization point). * \param refgain Reference transfer ratio \f$H(2\pi f)\f$. * * \return - 0 (or GSL_SUCCESS) if okay and nothing has changed. * - a negative number (typically GSL_CONTINUE) if a * coefficient or the degree has changed, but the filter * is valid. You can use the FLTERR_WARNING macro from * filterSupport.h to check this condition. * - a positive error number (typically from from errno.h * or gsl_errno.h) that something is wrong and the * filter must be seen as invalid. You can use the * FLTERR_CRITICAL macro from filterSupport.h to check * this condition. ******************************************************************************/ int normFilterMagnitude (FLTCOEFF *pFilter, double f, double refgain); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* FILTERSUPPORT_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/mathPoly.h0000644000175000001440000002632114165066202013704 00000000000000/** * \file mathPoly.h * \brief Polynomial functions. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef MATHPOLY_H #define MATHPOLY_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "base.h" /* includes config.h (include before math.h) */ #include #include #include #include #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /** Polynomial representation. */ typedef struct { int degree; /**< Degree of polynomial */ double *coeff; /**< Pointer to real polynomial coefficients */ gsl_complex *root; /**< Pointer to roots of polynomial (NULL if not evaluated) */ } MATHPOLY; /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Allocates memory space for the coefficients of a polynomial. * * \param poly Pointer to polynomial. * * \return Zero on success, else an error number. ******************************************************************************/ int mathPolyMallocCoeffs (MATHPOLY *poly); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Allocates memory space for the roots of a polynomial. * * \param poly Pointer to polynomial. * * \return Zero on success, else an error number. ******************************************************************************/ int mathPolyMallocRoots (MATHPOLY *poly); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Allocates memory space for a polynomial. * * \param poly Pointer to polynomial. * * \return 0 on success, else an error number. ******************************************************************************/ int mathPolyMalloc (MATHPOLY *poly); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Frees memory space allocated for a polynomial. * * \param poly Pointer to polynomial. * ******************************************************************************/ void mathPolyFree (MATHPOLY *poly); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Calculates real polynomial coefficients from roots. The calculation of * polynomial coefficients \f$c_i\f$ of \f[ p(z)=c_n z^n + c_{n-1} z^{n-1}+ \cdots + c_2 z^2 + c_1 z + c_0 \f] is performed using the following algorithm: \f[ p_{i+1}(z)=p_{i}(z) (z-z_i)=z p_{i}(z)-z_i p_{i}(z) \f] * with \f$p_{0}(z)=1\f$. * * \param poly Pointer to polynomial that holds the roots in \p * poly->root and gets the coefficients in \p poly->coeff. * \param factor Factor to be applied to all coefficients. To match a * roots representation to a polynomial polynomial the * coefficient \f$p_n\f$ must be multiplied as \p factor. * * \return GSL_SUCCESS on success, else an error number (see * gsl_errno.h for predefined codes). ******************************************************************************/ int mathPolyRoots2Coeffs (MATHPOLY *poly, double factor); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Computes the complex roots \f$z_i\f$ associated with the polynomial \f[ p(z)=c_n z^n + c_{n-1} z^{n-1}+ \cdots + c_2 z^2 + c_1 z + c_0 \f] * * \param poly Pointer to polynomial that holds the coefficients in * \p poly->coeff and gets the roots in \p poly->roots. * * \return Zero on success, else an error number (see errno.h or * gsl_errno.h for predefined codes). * \todo Try to avoid mixing error codes from gsl_errno.h * and errno.h ******************************************************************************/ int mathPolyCoeffs2Roots (MATHPOLY *poly); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Adds two polynomials with scaling. * * \param poly1 Pointer to first polynomial and result. The coefficients * vector memory space must be large enough to get all * coefficients. The degree is increased (without malloc * of new memory), if \p poly2->degree is greater than * poly1->degree; * \param poly2 Pointer to second polynomial. * \param scale Factor which is applied to each coefficient of \p poly2. * ******************************************************************************/ void mathPolyAdd (MATHPOLY *poly1, const MATHPOLY *poly2, double scale); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Multiplies a polynomial with the binomial \f$a z^n+b\f$. * The function multiplies the polynomial \f{eqnarray*} p(z) &=& c_r z^r + c_{r-1} z^{r-1}+ \cdots + c_2 z^2 + c_1 z + c_0 \\ &=& (\cdots(((c_r z + c_{r-1})z + c_{r-2})z + c_{r-3})z+\cdots+c_1)z+c_0 \f} * with \f$az^n+b\f$. The degree of new polynomial is \f$rn\f$, which must * be available in \p poly. \f{eqnarray*} p(z) &=& (az^n + b)p(z) \\ &=& a z^n p(z) + b p(z) \f} * * \param poly Pointer to polynomial which shalle be multiplied (in place). * \param degn Degree of polynomial \f$az^n+b\f$. * \param a Parameter \p a in polynomial \f$az^n+b\f$. * \param b Parameter \p b in polynomial \f$az^n+b\f$. * ******************************************************************************/ void mathPolyMulBinomial (MATHPOLY *poly, int degn, double a, double b); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Transforms polynomial coefficients for fractional variable substitution. * The function transforms the polynomial \f{eqnarray*} p(z) &=& c_r z^r + c_{r-1} z^{r-1}+ \cdots + c_2 z^2 + c_1 z + c_0 \\ &=& (\cdots(((c_r z + c_{r-1})z + c_{r-2})z + c_{r-3})z+\cdots+c_1)z+c_0 \f} * by replacing \f[ z := \frac{\alpha z^m+\beta}{\gamma z^n+\delta}\qquad\alpha,\beta,\gamma,\delta\in R;\quad m,n\in N \f] * into polynomial \f[ p(z) := (\gamma z^n+\delta)^r p\left(\frac{\alpha z^m+\beta}{\gamma z^n+\delta}\right) \f] * The new degree is \f$r\max(n,m)\f$. * Set \f$p_i(z)=u_i(z)/v_i(z)\f$ the transformation algorithm is based * on \e Horners scheme: \f{eqnarray*} p_{i}(z) &=& z\, p_{i-1}(z) + c_{r-i} \\ &=& \frac{\alpha z^m+\beta}{\gamma z^n+\delta}\, p_{i-1}(z) + c_{r-i} \\ &=& \frac{(\alpha z^m+\beta)\,p_{i-1}(z)+(\gamma z^n+\delta)\,c_{r-i}}{\gamma z^n+\delta} \\ \frac{u_{i}(z)}{v_{i}(z)} &=& \frac{(\alpha z^m+\beta)\,\frac{u_{i-1}(z)}{v_{i-1}(z)}+(\gamma z^n+\delta)\,c_{r-i}}{\gamma z^n+\delta} \\ v_{i}(z) &=& (\gamma z^n+\delta) v_{i-1}(z),\quad v_0=1 \\ u_{i}(z) &=& (\alpha z^m+\beta)u_{i-1}(z)+c_{r-i}v_{i}(z),\quad u_0=c_r \f} * with \f$i=1\ldots n\f$ and \f$p_{0}(z)=c_r\f$. * So the following special transformation cases can be simply calculated: * - linear (\f$n=0,\gamma=1,\delta=0,m=1\f$): \f$p(\alpha z+\beta)\f$ * - square (\f$n=0,\gamma=1,\delta=0,m=2\f$): \f$p(\alpha z^2+\beta)\f$ * - inverse (\f$n=1,\gamma=1,\delta=0,\alpha=0\f$): \f$z^r p(\beta/z)\f$ * - bilinear (\f$n=1,m=1,\alpha=1,\gamma=1,\beta=-1,\delta=1\f$): \f$(z+1)^r p\left(\frac{z-1}{z+1}\right)\f$ * * \param poly Pointer to polynomial that coefficients \p poly->coeff * shall be transformed. The allocated memory space must * be enough to hold a polynomial of degree \f$r\max(n,m)\f$. * \param degm Numerator degree of transformation, means \f$m\f$. * \param a Transform parameter \f$\alpha\f$. * \param b Transform parameter \f$\beta\f$. * \param degn Denominator degree of transformation, means \f$n\f$. * \param c Transform parameter \f$\gamma\f$. * \param d Transform parameter \f$\delta\f$. * * \return Zero on success, else an error number (see errno.h or * gsl_errno.h for predefined codes). ******************************************************************************/ int mathPolyTransform (MATHPOLY *poly, int degm, double a, double b, int degn, double c, double d); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Calculates \e Bessel polynomial of n'th order in \p coeff. \f{eqnarray*} B_n &=& (2 n - 1) * B_{n-1} + s^2 B_{n-2} \\ B_0 &=& 1 \\ B_1 &=& 1+s \f} * * * \param degree Degree of polynomial. * \param coeff Array to be used to fill-in the calculated coefficients. * * \return 0 on success, else an error number. ******************************************************************************/ int mathPolyBessel (int degree, double coeff[]); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** \e Chebyshev function (polynomial) of first kind. \f{eqnarray*} y &=& \cos(n\arccos x)\quad(x\leq 1) \\ y &=& \cosh(n\arcosh x)\quad(x>1) \f} * * \param degree Polynomial degree. * \param x Argument. * * \return \f$y \cos(n\arccos x)\f$. ******************************************************************************/ double mathPolyCheby (int degree, double x); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Inverse \e Chebyshev function (polynomial) of first kind. \f{eqnarray*} y &=& \cos(1/n \arccos x)\quad(x\leq 1) \\ y &=& \cosh(1/n \arcosh x)\quad(x>1) \f} * * \param degree Polynomial degree. * \param x Argument. * * \return \f$y \cos(1/n \arccos x)\f$. ******************************************************************************/ double mathPolyChebyInv (int degree, double x); #ifdef DEBUG /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Logs polynomial coefficients for debug purposes. * * \param poly Pointer to polynomial that holds the coefficients. * ******************************************************************************/ void mathPolyDebugLog (MATHPOLY *poly); #endif /* DEBUG */ #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* MATHPOLY_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/mathFuncs.h0000644000175000001440000001422014165065765014047 00000000000000/** * \file mathFuncs.h * \brief Mathematical functions. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef MATHFUNCS_H #define MATHFUNCS_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "base.h" /* includes config.h (include before math.h) */ #include #include #include /* all special functions */ #include #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /** Decimal normalized double value. The original value is determined by * \f$m 10^e\f$. */ typedef struct { double mantissa; /**< mantissa m */ double exponent; /**< exponent e */ } MATH_NORMDBL; /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /** This macro swaps two integers (inline). */ #define MATH_SWAP_INT(int1, int2) \ { \ (int1) ^= (int2); \ (int2) ^= (int1); \ (int1) ^= (int2); \ } #ifdef HAVE_HYPOT #define HYPOT(x, y) hypot ((x), (y)) #else #define HYPOT(x, y) gsl_hypot ((x), (y)) #endif #ifdef HAVE_POW10 /* pow10() exists? */ #define POW10(x) pow10(x) #else #ifdef HAVE_EXP10 #define POW10(x) exp10(x) /**< 10 raised to \p x, means \f$y=10^{x}\f$ */ #else #define POW10(x) pow(10, (x)) /* fallback to (slow) generic function */ #endif /* HAVE_EXP10 */ #endif /* HAVE_POW10 */ #ifndef HAVE_TRUNC #define trunc(x) ((GSL_SIGN(x) > 0) ? floor(x) : ceil(x)) #endif #ifndef HAVE_ROUND #define round(x) floor((x) + 0.5) /* fallback to (slow) generic */ #endif /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Calculates a normalized value consisting of (decimal) mantissa and exponent. * * \param val Value to be converted. * * \return Normalized value. ******************************************************************************/ MATH_NORMDBL mathNorm10(double val); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Denormalizes a decimal value from its mantissa and exponent. * * \param val Normalized value to be converted. * * \return Denormalized value. ******************************************************************************/ double mathDenorm10(MATH_NORMDBL val); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Rectangle function \f[ y = \begin{cases} 0, & \mbox{if} \;\; x<0 \\ 0, & \mbox{if} \;\; x>1 \\ 1, & \mbox{else} \end{cases} \f] * * \param x Argument \f$x\f$. * * \return Result \f$y\f$. ******************************************************************************/ double mathFuncRectangle (double x); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** \e Hamming window function \f[ y = \begin{cases} 0, & \mbox{if} \;\; x<0 \\ 0, & \mbox{if} \;\; x>1 \\ 0.54-0.46 \cos(2\pi x), & \mbox{else} \end{cases} \f] * * \param x Argument \f$x\f$. * * \return Result \f$y\f$. ******************************************************************************/ double mathFuncHamming (double x); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** \e van \e Hann window function \f[ y = \begin{cases} 0, & \mbox{if} \;\; x<0 \\ 0, & \mbox{if} \;\; x>1 \\ \frac{1}{2}\,[1-\cos(2\pi x)], & \mbox{else} \end{cases} \f] * * \param x Argument \f$x\f$. * * \return Result \f$y\f$. ******************************************************************************/ double mathFuncVanHann (double x); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** \e Blackman window function \f[ y = \begin{cases} 0, & \mbox{if} \;\; x<0 \\ 0, & \mbox{if} \;\; x>1 \\ 0.42-0.5\cos(2\pi x)+0.08\cos(4\pi x), & \mbox{else} \end{cases} \f] * * \param x Argument \f$x\f$. * * \return Result \f$y\f$. ******************************************************************************/ double mathFuncBlackman (double x); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** \e Kaiser window function \f[ y = \begin{cases} 0, & \mbox{if} \;\; x<0 \\ 0, & \mbox{if} \;\; x>1 \\ \frac{I_0\left(\alpha\sqrt{1-(2 x-1)^2}\right)} {I_0(\alpha)}, & \mbox{else} \end{cases} \f] * * \param x Argument \f$x\f$. * \param alpha Parameter \f$\alpha\f$. * * \return Result \f$y\f$ when successful evaluated, else * GSL_POSINF or GSL_NEGINF. Use the functions gsl_isinf() * or gsl_finite() for result checking. ******************************************************************************/ double mathFuncKaiser (double x, double alpha); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* MATHFUNCS_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/responseDlg.h0000644000175000001440000000405714165070241014374 00000000000000/** * \file responseDlg.h * \brief Response settings/properties dialog. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef RESPONSE_DLG_H #define RESPONSE_DLG_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "gui.h" #include "cairoPlot.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Creates the properties dialog for a response plot. * * \param topWindow Parent window. * \param pDiag Pointer to current plot configuration (for preset). * * \return Dialog widget. ******************************************************************************/ GtkWidget* responseDlgCreate (GtkWindow *topWindow, PLOT_DIAG *pDiag); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Sets a double value into a GtkEntry dialog widget. * * \param dialog Dialog (top-level) widget. * \param pDiag Pointer to plot settings to be updated. * * \return Zero on success, else an error number (see errno.h or * gsl_errno.h for predefined codes). ******************************************************************************/ int responseDlgApply (GtkWidget *dialog, PLOT_DIAG *pDiag); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* RESPONSE_DLG_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/miscDesignDlg.h0000644000175000001440000001115714165066306014631 00000000000000/** * \file miscDesignDlg.h * \brief Miscellaneous FIR/IIR design dialogs. * \note Includes raw filters (filters without a design, except \f$f_{Sample}\f$). * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef MISCFLT_DESIGNDLG_H #define MISCFLT_DESIGNDLG_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "gui.h" #include "cfgSettings.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Misc filter design dialog creation function. * * \note There is no design for raw filters (except the cutoff frequency). * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * \param boxDesignDlg The box widget to be used for the filter dialog. * \param pPrefs Pointer to desktop preferences. * ******************************************************************************/ void miscDesignDlgCreate (GtkWidget *topWidget, GtkWidget *boxDesignDlg, const CFG_DESKTOP* pPrefs); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Misc filter design dialog preset function. Restores all states of dialog * elements from design data of a Misc filter. * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * \param pDesign Pointer to misc filter design data. * \param pFilter Pointer to filter coefficients (only member \a f0 used). * \param pPrefs Pointer to desktop preferences. * ******************************************************************************/ void miscDesignDlgPreset (GtkWidget *topWidget, const MISCFLT_DESIGN *pDesign, const FLTCOEFF *pFilter, const CFG_DESKTOP* pPrefs); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Raw filter design dialog destroy function. * * \note If the dialog is not active the function does nothing. * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * ******************************************************************************/ void miscDesignDlgDestroy (GtkWidget *topWidget); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Checks whether the misc filter design dialog is active or not. * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * * \return TRUE if the dialog is active (the main-widget of * misc dialog found), else FALSE. ******************************************************************************/ BOOL miscDesignDlgActive (GtkWidget *topWidget); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Miscellaneous FIR/IIR filter design dialog \e Apply function. * * \param topWidget Toplevel widget. * * \return - 0 (or GSL_SUCCESS) if okay and nothing has changed. * - a negative number (typically GSL_CONTINUE) if a * coefficient or the degree has changed, but the filter * is valid. You can use the FLTERR_WARNING macro from * filterSupport.h to check this condition. * - a positive error number (typically from from errno.h * or gsl_errno.h) that something is wrong and the * filter can't be created. You can use the * FLTERR_CRITICAL macro from filterSupport.h to check * this condition. If the value is INT_MAX then an * error message box was displayed by function * miscDesignDlgApply(), means the caller should not * popup a (second) message box. ******************************************************************************/ int miscDesignDlgApply (GtkWidget *topWidget, const CFG_DESKTOP* pPrefs); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* MISCFLT_DESIGNDLG_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/Makefile.in0000644000175000001440000003542114266063357014016 00000000000000# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.5 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ am__is_gnu_make = { \ if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \ false; \ elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \ true; \ elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \ true; \ else \ false; \ fi; \ } am__make_running_with_option = \ case $${target_option-} in \ ?) ;; \ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ has_opt=no; \ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \ else \ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \ *\\[\ \ ]*) \ bs=\\; \ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \ esac; \ fi; \ skip_next=no; \ strip_trailopt () \ { \ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \ }; \ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \ case $$flg in \ *=*|--*) continue;; \ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \ esac; \ case $$flg in \ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \ esac; \ done; \ test $$has_opt = yes am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option)) am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option)) pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = include ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/pkg.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(noinst_HEADERS) \ $(am__DIST_COMMON) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@) am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_P_0 = false am__v_P_1 = : AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@) am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; am__v_GEN_1 = AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@) am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_at_0 = @ am__v_at_1 = SOURCES = DIST_SOURCES = am__can_run_installinfo = \ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \ n|no|NO) false;; \ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \ esac HEADERS = $(noinst_HEADERS) am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) # Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input, # and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is # *not* preserved. am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\ BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \ { items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \ END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \ ' # Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because, # e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables # for different programs/libraries. am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \ list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \ unique=`for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \ done | $(am__uniquify_input)` am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = @COPYRIGHT_HOLDER@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CSCOPE = @CSCOPE@ CTAGS = @CTAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ ETAGS = @ETAGS@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@ GETTEXT_PACKAGE = @GETTEXT_PACKAGE@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@ GREP = @GREP@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@ MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_AUTHOR = @PACKAGE_AUTHOR@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PKGCONF_CFLAGS = @PKGCONF_CFLAGS@ PKGCONF_LIBS = @PKGCONF_LIBS@ PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@ PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@ POSUB = @POSUB@ SED = @SED@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ STRIP = @STRIP@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ WINDRES = @WINDRES@ XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@ XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ pkgfiltersdir = @pkgfiltersdir@ pkgpixmapsdir = @pkgpixmapsdir@ pkgtemplatesdir = @pkgtemplatesdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ runstatedir = @runstatedir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ noinst_HEADERS = \ base.h\ cairoPlot.h\ cfgSettings.h\ designDlg.h\ dfcProject.h\ dfcgen.h\ dialogSupport.h\ editDlg.h\ fileDlg.h\ filterResponse.h\ filterSupport.h\ gui.h\ helpDlg.h\ linFirDesignDlg.h\ linFirFilter.h\ mainDlg.h\ mathFuncs.h\ mathMisc.h\ mathPoly.h\ miscDesignDlg.h\ miscFilter.h\ projectFile.h\ responseDlg.h\ responsePlot.h\ responseWin.h\ rootsPlot.h\ stdIirDesignDlg.h\ stdIirFilter.h\ filterPrint.h\ support.h all: all-am .SUFFIXES: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign include/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign include/Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): ID: $(am__tagged_files) $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique tags: tags-am TAGS: tags tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files) set x; \ here=`pwd`; \ $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \ shift; \ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ if test $$# -gt 0; then \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ "$$@" $$unique; \ else \ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique; \ fi; \ fi ctags: ctags-am CTAGS: ctags ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files) $(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \ test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \ || $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \ $$unique GTAGS: here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \ && $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \ && gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here" cscopelist: cscopelist-am cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files) list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \ case "$(srcdir)" in \ [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \ *) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \ esac; \ for i in $$list; do \ if test -f "$$i"; then \ echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \ else \ echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \ fi; \ done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files distclean-tags: -rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am distdir-am: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: check-am all-am: Makefile $(HEADERS) installdirs: install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic distclean-tags dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am html-am: info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: .MAKE: install-am install-strip .PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \ cscopelist-am ctags ctags-am distclean distclean-generic \ distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \ install install-am install-data install-data-am install-dvi \ install-dvi-am install-exec install-exec-am install-html \ install-html-am install-info install-info-am install-man \ install-pdf install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am \ install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \ maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \ mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags tags-am uninstall \ uninstall-am .PRECIOUS: Makefile # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/responsePlot.h0000644000175000001440000000672014165070274014611 00000000000000/** * \file responsePlot.h * \brief Digital filter response plotter. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef RESPONSE_PLOT_H #define RESPONSE_PLOT_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "cairoPlot.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /** Predefined (supported) digital filter/system responses. */ typedef enum { RESPONSE_TYPE_MAGNITUDE = 0, /**< magnitude response */ RESPONSE_TYPE_ATTENUATION, /**< attenuation */ RESPONSE_TYPE_CHAR, /**< characteristic function */ RESPONSE_TYPE_PHASE, /**< phase response */ RESPONSE_TYPE_DELAY, /**< phase delay */ RESPONSE_TYPE_GROUP, /**< group delay */ RESPONSE_TYPE_IMPULSE, /**< time-domain impulse response */ RESPONSE_TYPE_STEP, /**< time-domain step response */ RESPONSE_TYPE_SIZE /**< administrative value (array size) */ } RESPONSE_TYPE; /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Pointer to response plot progress function. For each plotted coordinate * value this function is called back (if not NULL) for user break checking * and progress indication. * * \param type Type of response. * \param percent A value between 0.0 and 1.0 which indicates the * percentage of completion. * * \return The function shall return an value unequal to 0, if the * plot has to be cancelled. */ typedef int (*RESPONSE_PLOT_CALLBACK)(RESPONSE_TYPE type, double percent); /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Response plot drawing function. * * \param cr \e Cairo context for drawing, which may be retrieved * e.g. by the help of following functions: * - gdk_cairo_create () * - gtk_print_context_get_cairo_context() * \param type Type of response plot. * \param pDiag Pointer to plot data. Notice that the callbacks * \a initFunc, \a endFunc and \a sampleFunc will be * overwritten (from callbacks associated with \p type). * * \return The number of samples taken to draw this response * (independent of a possible break) or a negative * number on error. ******************************************************************************/ int responsePlotDraw (cairo_t* cr, RESPONSE_TYPE type, PLOT_DIAG *pDiag); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* RESPONSE_PLOT_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/filterPrint.h0000644000175000001440000000462414165054741014420 00000000000000/** * \file filterPrint.h * \brief Filter print functions. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef FILTER_PRINT_H #define FILTER_PRINT_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "dfcgen.h" #include "cairoPlot.h" /* PLOT_DIAG */ #include "responsePlot.h" /* RESPONSE_TYPE */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** \brief Response plot print function. * * \param[in] topWidget Top widget associated with the \c GtkToolButton widget * which has caused the \e clicked event. * \param[in] pDiag Pointer to plot diag of associated response \p type. * \param[in] type ::RESPONSE_TYPE which identifies what response to print. * ******************************************************************************/ void filterPrintResponse (GtkWidget* topWidget, const PLOT_DIAG* pDiag, RESPONSE_TYPE type); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** \brief Coefficients print function. * * \note The signature of this function was chosen in a way that it is usual * as \e clicked event callback (when a print menuitem/button is pressed). * * \param[in] srcWidget \c GtkMenuItem on event \e activate or \c GtkToolButton * on event \e clicked, which causes this call. * \param[in] user_data Pointer to user data (unused). * ******************************************************************************/ void filterPrintCoeffs (GtkWidget* srcWidget, gpointer user_data); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* FILTER_PRINT_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/responseWin.h0000644000175000001440000000410114165070430014411 00000000000000/** * \file responseWin.h * \brief Digital filter response window creation and callbacks. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef RESPONSE_WIN_H #define RESPONSE_WIN_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "gui.h" #include "responsePlot.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Toggles visibility of a filter response widget/window. This function * should be called if a \e GtkCheckMenuItem from the \e View menu receives * an \e activate event. * * \param menuitem Menu item which has received the \e activate event. * \param user_data Pointer to response type (RESPONSE_TYPE). * ******************************************************************************/ void responseWinMenuActivate (GtkMenuItem* menuitem, gpointer user_data); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Invalidates one or all response windows for redrawing. * * \param type The response window which shall be redrawn. Set this * parameter to RESPONSE_TYPE_SIZE to redraw all. * ******************************************************************************/ void responseWinRedraw (RESPONSE_TYPE type); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* RESPONSE_WIN_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/filterResponse.h0000644000175000001440000002121214165055074015112 00000000000000/** * \file filterResponse.h * \brief Filter response functions. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef FILTER_RESPONSE_H #define FILTER_RESPONSE_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "dfcgen.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ typedef struct { /* public */ int samples; /**< Number of samples in interval */ /* private */ double curTime; /**< Current time (in seconds) */ double *pLastOut; /**< Pointer to last output value */ double *pCurIn; /**< Pointer where to store the next input value */ double *pInBuf; /**< Input buffer pointer (per malloc) */ double *pOutBuf; /**< Output buffer pointer (per malloc) */ FLTSIGNAL sig; /**< Signal type (\e Dirac, \e Heaviside, etc.) */ const FLTCOEFF *pFilter; /**< Pointer to filter */ } FLTRESP_TIME_WORKSPACE; /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Evaluates absolute magnitude associated with a polynomial in \e Z domain. * The function returns the absolute value of the following polynomial: \f[ H(z)=a_0+a_1 z^{-1}+a_2 z^{-2}+\cdots a_n z^{-n} \f] * with \f$z^{-1}=\exp(-j\omega)\f$ at circular frequency * \f$\omega=2\pi f/f_0\f$, given in rad/s. * * \param omega Frequency ratio \f$2\pi f/f_0\f$. * \param poly Pointer to polynomial coefficients in \e Z domain. * * \return Magnitude value associated with the polynomial when * evaluated successful, else GSL_POSINF or GSL_NEGINF. * Use the functions gsl_isinf() or gsl_finite() for * result checking. ******************************************************************************/ double filterResponsePoly (double omega, const MATHPOLY *poly); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Computes the magnitude of a time-discrete system at a given frequency in * \e Z domain. * * \param f Frequency point in Hz. * \param pFilter Representation of time-discrete system. * * \return Magnitude value when successful evaluated, else * GSL_POSINF or GSL_NEGINF. Use the functions gsl_isinf() * or gsl_finite() for result checking. ******************************************************************************/ double filterResponseMagnitude (double f, const FLTCOEFF *pFilter); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Computes the attenuation of a time-discrete system at a given frequency in * \e Z domain. \f[ A(f) = -20\log[H(f)] \f] * * \param f Frequency point in Hz. * \param pFilter Representation of time-discrete system. * * \return Magnitude value when successful evaluated, else * GSL_POSINF or GSL_NEGINF. Use the functions gsl_isinf() * or gsl_finite() for result checking. ******************************************************************************/ double filterResponseAttenuation (double f, FLTCOEFF* pFilter); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Computes the phase of a time-discrete system at a given frequency in * \e Z domain. * * \param f Frequency point in Hz. * \param pFilter Representation of time-discrete system. * * \return Phase in rad when successful evaluated, else * GSL_POSINF or GSL_NEGINF. Use the functions gsl_isinf() * or gsl_finite() for result checking. ******************************************************************************/ double filterResponsePhase (double f, FLTCOEFF* pFilter); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Computes the phase delay \f$B(\omega)/\omega\f$ of a time-discrete system * at a given frequency in \e Z domain. * * \param f Frequency point in Hz (with \f$\omega=2\pi f\f$). * \param pFilter Representation of time-discrete system. * * \return Phase delay in rad s. ******************************************************************************/ double filterResponsePhaseDelay (double f, FLTCOEFF* pFilter); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Computes the group delay \f$\textup{d}B(\omega)/\textup{d}\omega\f$ of a * time-discrete system at a given frequency in \e Z domain. * * \param f Frequency point in Hz (with \f$\omega=2\pi f\f$). * \param pFilter Representation of time-discrete system. * * \return Group delay in sec. ******************************************************************************/ double filterResponseGroupDelay (double f, FLTCOEFF* pFilter); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Computes the characteristic function \f$D(f)\f$ of a time-discrete system * in \e Z domain. \f{eqnarray*} H^2(f) &=& \frac{1}{1+D^2(f)} \\ D(f) &=& \sqrt{\frac{1}{H^2(f)}-1} \f} * * \param f Frequency point in Hz. * \param pFilter Representation of time-discrete system. * * \return Characteristic function value on success, else * GSL_POSINF or GSL_NEGINF. Use the functions gsl_isinf() * or gsl_finite() for result checking. ******************************************************************************/ double filterResponseChar (double f, FLTCOEFF* pFilter); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** This function creates an workspace for time response calculation. * * \param start Time to start (must be positive). * \param stop Time to stop (must be positive). * \param type Signal type. * \param pFilter Pointer to filter coefficients. * * \return Pointer to an workspace for time response calculation * via function filterResponseTimeNext(). All public * members are up to data after return (never use privates). * On error (includes the case of too much samples in * range) NULL is returned. ******************************************************************************/ FLTRESP_TIME_WORKSPACE* filterResponseTimeNew (double start, double stop, FLTSIGNAL type, const FLTCOEFF* pFilter); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Returns the next output sample for a time response. * * \param pWorkspace Pointer to time response workspace, formerly created * by filterResponseTimeNew(). * \param pTime Pointer to a variable which gets the next time value. * * \return Next output sample value on success, else GSL_POSINF * or GSL_NEGINF. Use the functions gsl_isinf() or * gsl_finite() for result checking. Avoid calling * this function again under the mentioned error condition. ******************************************************************************/ double filterResponseTimeNext (FLTRESP_TIME_WORKSPACE *pWorkspace, double *pTime); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Free's a time response workspace. * * \param pWorkspace Pointer to time response workspace, formerly created * by filterResponseTimeNew(). * ******************************************************************************/ void filterResponseTimeFree (FLTRESP_TIME_WORKSPACE *pWorkspace); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* FILTER_RESPONSE_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/miscFilter.h0000644000175000001440000001031414165066456014216 00000000000000/** * \file miscFilter.h * \brief Miscellaneous FIR/IIR filter design functions. * \note Includes raw filters (filters without a design, except \f$f_{Sample}\f$). * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef MISC_FILTER_H #define MISC_FILTER_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "dfcgen.h" /* includes config.h (include before GNU system headers) */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /** Miscellaneous filters. * * \attention Don't change the enums, because order must match list element * index in dialog. */ typedef enum { MISCFLT_UNKNOWN = -1, /**< Unknown filter (no design data, raw filter) */ MISCFLT_HILBERT = 0, /**< Hilbert transformer (\e Fourier series expansion) */ MISCFLT_INT = 1, /**< Integrator (\e Fourier series expansion) */ MISCFLT_DIFF = 2, /**< Differentiator (\e Fourier series expansion)*/ MISCFLT_COMB = 3, /**< Comb filter */ MISCFLT_AVGFIR = 4, /**< Moving average filter (non-recursive type) */ MISCFLT_AVGIIR = 5, /**< Moving average filter (recursive type) */ MISCFLT_AVGEXP = 6, /**< Exponential average filter (1st order lowpass) */ MISCFLT_SIZE /**< Size of MISCFLT enum */ } MISCFLT; /** Misc filter design constraints. * \see DESIGNDLG_COMMON */ typedef struct { MISCFLT type; /**< Type of filter. \attention Must be the 1st element */ int order; /**< Order of filter. \attention Must be the 2nd element */ } MISCFLT_DESIGN; /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Generates a miscellaneous FIR/IIR filter. The following digital filters are * supported: * - \e Hilbert transformer (linear FIR): \f$\displaystyle{c_{n/2\pm k}=-\frac{2}{k\pi}}\f$ for odd k, else 0 * - Perfect integrator (FIR): \f$\displaystyle{c_{n/2\pm k}=\frac{1}{2}-\frac{1}{\pi}\Si(k\pi)}\f$ * - Perfect differentiator (linear FIR): \f$\displaystyle{c_{n/2\pm k}=\frac{(-1)^{k+1}}{k\pi}}\f$ * - Moving average (FIR): \f$H(z)=1+z^{-1}+z^{-2}+\cdots+z^{-n}\f$ * - Moving average (IIR): \f$\displaystyle{H(z)=\frac{1-z^{-n}}{1-z^{-1}}}\f$ * - Comb filter (FIR): \f$H(z)=1-z^{-n}\f$ * - Exponential average (IIR): \f$\displaystyle{H(z)=\frac{1}{n-(n-1)z^{-1}}}\f$ * * \param pDesign Pointer to misc filter design data. * \param pFilter Pointer to buffer which gets the generated filter. * Notice, that memory space for polynomials will be * allocated. * * \return - 0 (or GSL_SUCCESS) if okay and nothing has changed. * - a negative number (typically GSL_CONTINUE) if a * coefficient or the degree has changed, but the filter * is valid. You can use the FLTERR_WARNING macro from * filterSupport.h to check this condition. * - a positive error number (typically from from errno.h * or gsl_errno.h) that something is wrong and the * filter must be seen as invalid. You can use the * FLTERR_CRITICAL macro from filterSupport.h to check * this condition. ******************************************************************************/ int miscFilterGen (const MISCFLT_DESIGN *pDesign, FLTCOEFF *pFilter); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* MISC_FILTER_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/linFirFilter.h0000644000175000001440000000643114164414765014512 00000000000000/********************* -*- mode: C; coding: utf-8 -*- *************************/ /** * \file linFirFilter.h * \brief Interface to Linear IIR Filter interpolation functions. * \author Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe * ******************************************************************************/ #ifndef LINFIR_FILTER_H #define LINFIR_FILTER_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "dfcgen.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /** Typical smoothing windows used in digital signal processing. */ typedef enum { LINFIR_DSPWIN_RECT = 0, LINFIR_DSPWIN_HAMMING, LINFIR_DSPWIN_VANHANN, LINFIR_DSPWIN_BLACKMAN, LINFIR_DSPWIN_KAISER, LINFIR_DSPWIN_SIZE } LINFIR_DSPWIN; /** Linear FIR filter types. */ typedef enum { LINFIR_TYPE_RECT = 0, /**< Rectangular lowpass */ LINFIR_TYPE_COS, /**< Cosinus lowpass */ LINFIR_TYPE_COS2, /**< Square cosinus lowpass */ LINFIR_TYPE_GAUSS, /**< Gaussian lowpass */ LINFIR_TYPE_SQR, /**< Squared 1st order lowpass */ LINFIR_TYPE_SIZE } LINFIR_TYPE; /** Linear FIR filter design constraints. * \see DESIGNDLG_COMMON */ typedef struct { LINFIR_TYPE type; /**< Filter type. \attention Must be the 1st element */ int order; /**< Order of filter. \attention Must be the 2nd element */ double cutoff; /**< Cutoff frequency. \attention Must be the 3rd element */ FTRDESIGN ftr; /**< Frequency transformation data. \attention Must be the 4th element */ LINFIR_DSPWIN dspwin; /**< Type of smoothing window */ double winparm; /**< Parameter of window, e.g. Kaiser alpha */ } LINFIR_DESIGN; /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Generates a linear FIR filter. The cutoff frequency always is assumed to be * the 3dB point of magnitude response. * * \param pDesign Pointer to linear FIR filter design data. * \param pFilter Pointer to buffer which gets the generated filter. * Notice, that memory space for polynomials will be * allocated. * * \return Zero on success, else an error number (see errno.h or * gsl_errno.h for predefined codes). ******************************************************************************/ int linFirFilterGen (LINFIR_DESIGN *pDesign, FLTCOEFF *pFilter); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* LINFIR_FILTER_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/gui.h0000644000175000001440000000774514270016334012702 00000000000000/** * \file gui.h * \brief GUI header files. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef GUI_H #define GUI_H #include "base.h" /* includes config.h (include before GNU system headers) */ #include "support.h" /* gettext macros and file handling functions */ #include #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif #if (GTK_MAJOR_VERSION == 3) #define GUI_GTK_GETTEXT_DOMAIN "gtk30" /**< \e gettext domain of GTK */ #else #error "Adopt GUI_GTK_GETTEXT_DOMAIN to GTK version!" #endif #define GUI_ENTRY_WIDTH_CHARS 8 /**< Width of all entry fields for numerics */ #define GUI_LABEL_WRAP_CHARS 32 /**< Wrap of long \e Label widgets in dialogs */ #define GUI_INDENT_CHILD_PIXEL 12 /**< Extra left/start indent of child widget */ /** * \brief Translate string from GTK \e gettext domain to current language. * \param[in] str String to translate. * \return Translated string. */ #define G_(str) dgettext (GUI_GTK_GETTEXT_DOMAIN, (str)) /** @defgroup gui_icons Icons * * \note All images/icons named \"gtk-*\" are deprecated since GTK 3.10 * and should be replaced by icon names from freedektop.org * \e Icon \e Naming \e Specification. OK/Cancel/Apply buttons * should not use images anymore (i ignored this for the moment). * Unfortunately some images like \"document-save.png\" are not * available in all sizes and in most themes (today). So i decided * (for the moment) to leave some as they were in the past. * @{ */ #define GUI_CURSOR_IMAGE_CROSS "cross" #define GUI_CURSOR_IMAGE_WATCH "watch" #define GUI_ICON_IMAGE_PREFS "preferences-other" #define GUI_BUTTON_IMAGE_OK "gtk-ok" #define GUI_BUTTON_IMAGE_CANCEL "gtk-cancel" #define GUI_BUTTON_IMAGE_APPLY "gtk-apply" #define GUI_BUTTON_IMAGE_HELP "gtk-help" #define GUI_BUTTON_IMAGE_PRINT "document-print" #define GUI_BUTTON_IMAGE_OPEN "gtk-open" #define GUI_BUTTON_IMAGE_SAVE "gtk-save" #define GUI_BUTTON_IMAGE_PREFS GUI_ICON_IMAGE_PREFS #define GUI_BUTTON_IMAGE_COEFF_EDIT "gtk-edit" #define GUI_BUTTON_IMAGE_COEFF_MULTIPLY "view-fullscreen" #define GUI_BUTTON_IMAGE_COEFF_ROUND "gtk-convert" #define GUI_MENU_IMAGE_HELP "help-contents" #define GUI_MENU_IMAGE_ABOUT "help-about" #define GUI_MENU_IMAGE_INFO "document-properties" #define GUI_MENU_IMAGE_PRINT "document-print" #define GUI_MENU_IMAGE_OPEN "document-open" #define GUI_MENU_IMAGE_SAVE "document-save" #define GUI_MENU_IMAGE_SAVE_AS "document-save-as" #define GUI_MENU_IMAGE_NEW "document-new" #define GUI_MENU_IMAGE_EXPORT "document-export" /* not available in Adwaita */ #define GUI_MENU_IMAGE_PREFS GUI_ICON_IMAGE_PREFS #define GUI_MENU_IMAGE_QUIT "application-exit" /** @} */ /** @defgroup gui_labels Re-used Labels * * @{ */ #define GUI_BUTTON_LABEL_OK G_("_OK") #define GUI_BUTTON_LABEL_CANCEL G_("_Cancel") #define GUI_BUTTON_LABEL_APPLY G_("_Apply") #define GUI_BUTTON_LABEL_HELP G_("_Help") #define GUI_BUTTON_LABEL_PRINT G_("_Print") #define GUI_BUTTON_LABEL_PREFS _("_Preferences") #define GUI_MENU_LABEL_HELP G_("_Help") #define GUI_MENU_LABEL_ABOUT G_("About") #define GUI_MENU_LABEL_PRINT GUI_BUTTON_LABEL_PRINT #define GUI_MENU_LABEL_OPEN G_("_Open") #define GUI_MENU_LABEL_SAVE G_("_Save") #define GUI_MENU_LABEL_SAVE_AS _("Save _As") #define GUI_MENU_LABEL_NEW _("_New") #define GUI_MENU_LABEL_EXPORT _("_Export") #define GUI_MENU_LABEL_PREFS GUI_BUTTON_LABEL_PREFS #define GUI_MENU_LABEL_INFO _("Project Info") #define GUI_MENU_LABEL_QUIT _("_Quit") /** @} */ #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* GUI_H */ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/fileDlg.h0000644000175000001440000000776314165054615013473 00000000000000/** * \file fileDlg.h * \brief Interface to dialog functions of \e File menu. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe * */ #ifndef FILEDLG_H #define FILEDLG_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "gui.h" #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** \e Activate event callback emitted when the \e New menuitem is selected * from \e File menu. * * \param menuitem The menu item object which received the signal (New). * \param user_data User data set when the signal handler was connected (unused). * ******************************************************************************/ void fileDlgNewActivate (GtkMenuItem* menuitem, gpointer user_data); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** \e Activate event callback emitted when the \e Open menuitem is selected * from \e File menu. * * \param srcWidget \e File \e Open widget (GtkMenuItem on event \e activate * or GtkToolButton on event \e clicked), which causes this * call. * \param user_data User data set when the signal handler was connected (unused). * ******************************************************************************/ void fileDlgOpenActivate (GtkWidget* srcWidget, gpointer user_data); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** \e Activate event callback emitted when the \e Save menuitem is selected * from \e File menu. * * \param srcWidget \e File \e Save widget (GtkMenuItem on event \e activate * or GtkToolButton on event \e clicked), which causes this * call. * \param user_data User data set when the signal handler was connected (unused). * ******************************************************************************/ void fileDlgSaveActivate (GtkWidget* srcWidget, gpointer user_data); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** \e Activate event callback emitted when the \e Save \e As menuitem is * selected from \e File menu. * * \param srcWidget \e File \e Save \e As widget (GtkMenuItem on event * \e activate or GtkToolButton on event \e clicked), * which causes this call. * \param user_data User data set when the signal handler was connected (unused). * ******************************************************************************/ void fileDlgSaveAsActivate (GtkWidget* srcWidget, gpointer user_data); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** \e Activate event callback emitted when the \e Export menuitem is * selected from \e File menu. * * \param srcWidget \e File \e Export widget (GtkMenuItem on event * \e activate or GtkToolButton on event \e clicked), * which causes this call. * \param user_data User data set when the signal handler was connected (unused). * ******************************************************************************/ void fileDlgExportActivate (GtkWidget* srcWidget, gpointer user_data); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* FILEDLG_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/Makefile.am0000644000175000001440000000104114165065660013771 00000000000000## Makefile.am ## ## Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe ## noinst_HEADERS = \ base.h\ cairoPlot.h\ cfgSettings.h\ designDlg.h\ dfcProject.h\ dfcgen.h\ dialogSupport.h\ editDlg.h\ fileDlg.h\ filterResponse.h\ filterSupport.h\ gui.h\ helpDlg.h\ linFirDesignDlg.h\ linFirFilter.h\ mainDlg.h\ mathFuncs.h\ mathMisc.h\ mathPoly.h\ miscDesignDlg.h\ miscFilter.h\ projectFile.h\ responseDlg.h\ responsePlot.h\ responseWin.h\ rootsPlot.h\ stdIirDesignDlg.h\ stdIirFilter.h\ filterPrint.h\ support.h dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/cairoPlot.h0000644000175000001440000003054514165054117014050 00000000000000/** * \file cairoPlot.h * \brief Two-dimensional plot functions, normally for filter responses. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022, Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef CAIROPLOT_H #define CAIROPLOT_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #include "base.h" /* includes config.h (include before GNU system headers) */ #include #include #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ #define PLOT_TOLERANCE (DBL_EPSILON * 4) /**< Plot tolerance */ #define PLOT_AXIS_MAX (32768 / PLOT_TOLERANCE) /**< Maximum world value */ #define PLOT_AXIS_MIN (-PLOT_AXIS_MAX) /**< Minimum world value */ #define PLOT_AXIS_FLAG_LOG 1 /**< logarithmic axis */ #define PLOT_AXIS_FLAG_GRID 2 /**< display grid */ #define PLOT_AXIS_FLAG_AUTO 4 /**< auto-scaling of y-axis */ /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ /** Style of plot. * * \attention Do not change the values assigned to enumarations, because used * as index into array implementations. */ typedef enum { PLOT_STYLE_LINE_ONLY = 0, PLOT_STYLE_CIRCLE_ONLY = 1, PLOT_STYLE_CIRCLE_SAMPLE = 2, PLOT_STYLE_CROSS_ONLY = 3, PLOT_STYLE_BOX_ONLY = 4 } PLOT_STYLE; /** Plot color identifiers. */ typedef enum { PLOT_COLOR_LABELS = 0, /**< Axis label numbers color identifier */ PLOT_COLOR_GRID = 1, /**< Grid lines color identifier */ PLOT_COLOR_GRAPH = 2, /**< Graph/curve color identifier */ PLOT_COLOR_BOX = 3, /**< Rectangle color identifier */ PLOT_COLOR_AXIS_NAME = 4, /**< Axis name/unit color identifier */ PLOT_COLOR_NOTE_TEXT = 5, /**< Notes text color identifier (future use) */ PLOT_COLOR_NOTE_BOX = 6, /**< Notes frame color identifier (future use) */ PLOT_COLOR_SIZE /**< Size of plot color identifier enum */ } PLOT_COLOR; /** Unit descriptor for an axis. */ typedef struct { /** Unit name string (possibly with \e Pango markup), but never translated into a specific language. It is assumed that units are always based on the international system of units (SI). It is allowed to set \a name NULL. \see http://physics.nist.gov/cuu/Units. */ char *name; double multiplier; /**< Multiplier for this unit */ } PLOT_UNIT; /** Description of a plot axis. */ typedef struct { const char *name; /**< axis name, possibly with \e Pango markup (may be NULL) */ const PLOT_UNIT *pUnit; /**< Pointer to unit description (may be NULL) */ double start; /**< real-world coordinate of start-point */ double stop; /**< real-world coordinate of end-point */ /** If the exponent of a floating point number would be less than -4 or * greater than or equal to the precision \a prec, then the number will * be converted in the style of '%E' (exponential notation); otherwise * to the '%f' style (fixed-point notation). The `%f' conversion prints * its argument in fixed-point notation, producing output of the form * [-]ddd.ddd, where the number of digits following the decimal point * is controlled by \a prec. The '%E' conversion prints its argument * in exponential notation, producing output of the form * [-]d.dddE[+|-]dd. Again, the number of digits following the decimal * point is controlled by \a prec. The exponent always contains at * least two digits. */ int prec; unsigned flags; /**< Flags (e.g. PLOT_AXIS_FLAG_LOG, PLOT_AXIS_FLAG_GRID) */ } PLOT_AXIS; /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Plot initialization function pointer. This function is called at start of * (re-) paint. * * \param start The real-world start x-coordinate. * \param stop The real-world stop x-coordinate. * \param pData User application data pointer as passed to cairoPlot2d(). * * \return The function shall return: * - the value zero, if the number of samples is determined by member * \a num in PLOT_DIAG; * - a value greater than zero (to overwrite \a num), which determines * the number of samples in interval \a start - \a stop; * - a negative number, if if there was an singularity or * calculation error. ******************************************************************************/ typedef int (*PLOT_FUNC_INIT)(double start, double stop, void *pData); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Pointer to function which computes an y-value from a x-value in real-world * units. * * \param px Pointer to real-world x-coordinate (input value). Notice * that the pointed value may become an output on discrete * plots. * \param pData User application data pointer as passed to cairoPlot2d() * in element \a pData of structure PLOT_DIAG. * * \return Calculated real-world y-coordinate on success. If there * is no value at \p px (may be a singularity), then it shall * return GSL_POSINF or GSL_NEGINF. ******************************************************************************/ typedef double (*PLOT_FUNC_GET)(double *px, void *pData); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Pointer to function which is called at the end of plot (counterpart to * PLOT_FUNC_INIT type of function). * * \param pData User application data pointer as stored in member * \a pData of structure PLOT_DIAG (as passed to function * cairoPlot2d(). ******************************************************************************/ typedef void (*PLOT_FUNC_END)(void *pData); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Pointer to plot break/progress function. For each plotted coordinate value * this function is called back (if not NULL) for user break checking and * progress indication. * * \param pData User application data pointer as stored in member * \a pData of structure PLOT_DIAG (as passed to function * cairoPlot2d(). * \param percent A value between 0.0 and 1.0 which indicates the * percentage of completion. * * \return The function shall return an value unequal to 0, if the * plot has to be cancelled. In that case the associated * function of type PLOT_FUNC_END is called and the plot * in progress will be canceled. */ typedef int (*PLOT_FUNC_PROGRESS)(void *pData, double percent); /** Plot diagram descriptor. */ typedef struct { PLOT_AXIS x; /**< x-axis descriptor */ PLOT_AXIS y; /**< y-axis descriptor (modified if PLOT_AXIS_AUTOSCALE) */ void *pData; /**< user (application) data ptr (passed to \a initFunc) */ double thickness; /**< Thickness of graph */ PLOT_STYLE style; /**< Style of graph */ int num; /**< Number of samples to take (0 = number of pixels) */ PLOT_FUNC_PROGRESS progressFunc; /**< plot progress/break function (may be NULL) */ PLOT_FUNC_INIT initFunc; /**< plot initialization function (may be NULL) */ PLOT_FUNC_GET sampleFunc; /**< real-world function y=f(x) */ PLOT_FUNC_END endFunc; /**< plot de-initialization function (may be NULL) */ GdkRGBA *colors; /**< Pointer to allocated colors (may be NULL) */ GdkRectangle area; /**< In: drawing area, out: graph rectangle */ } PLOT_DIAG; /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ /** Format string for axis name and unit (if exist). */ #define PLOT_AXISNAME_FORMAT(name, unit) name " [" unit "]" /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Plots a diagram. The function plots a 2-dimensional curve diagram \p pDiag * into a \e Cairo context given in \p cr. At a precondition the clip region * must be set correctly, * DeltaRatio = (ScreenMax-ScreenMin)/(WorldMax-WorldMin) (I) Screen = DeltaRatio*(World-WorldMin) + ScreenMin (II) World = (Screen - ScreenMin) / DeltaRatio + WorldMin (III) if LOGAXIS (logarithmic axis) then World := log(World) before using of equation I,II,III what means : DeltaRatio = (ScreenMax-ScreenMin)/(log(WorldMax)-log(WorldMin)) = (ScreenMax-ScreenMin)/(log(WorldMax/WorldMin)) Screen = DeltaRatio*(log(World) - log(WorldMin)) + ScreenMin = DeltaRatio*log(World/WorldMin) + ScreenMin World = 10^(log(WorldMin) + (Screen - ScreenMin)/DeltaRatio)) = WorldMin*10^((Screen - ScreenMin)/DeltaRatio) * * \param cr \e Cairo context for drawing, which may be retrieved * by the help of following functions: * - gdk_cairo_create () * - gtk_print_context_get_cairo_context() * \param pDiag Pointer to plot descriptor. * * \return The number of samples taken to draw this plot * (independent of a possible break) or a negative * number on error. ******************************************************************************/ int cairoPlot2d (cairo_t* cr, PLOT_DIAG *pDiag); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Checks the plot range of an axis against some predefined limits. If the * range [start, stop] doesn't match these limits, it returns ERANGE and * changes the range automatically. * * * \param pAxis Pointer to axis workspace. * * \return If range is in boundaries then it returns the value 0, * else ERANGE from errno.h. ******************************************************************************/ int cairoPlotChkRange (PLOT_AXIS *pAxis); /* FUNCTION *******************************************************************/ /** Returns a world-coordinate associated with a GDK coordinate. * * \note Because cairoPlotChkRange() has checked the ranges \p pAxis->start * and \p pAxis->stop with respect to the operation \p pAxis->stop - * \p pAxis->start (lin. case) and \p pAxis->stop / \p pAxis->start * (log. case) there is no need to use math. function mathTryDiv(). * * \param pAxis Pointer to axis description (filled from a previous * call to cairoPlot2d). * \param start Start point of plot graph (box) in GDK coordinates. * \param stop Stop point of plot graph (box) in GDK coordinates. * * \attention Due to internal processing optimization (associated * with the north-west orientation of y-axis) the * calculation of y-coordinates gives correct results * only when \p start and \p stop are exchanged. * * \return World-coordinate within this axis. ******************************************************************************/ double cairoPlotCoordinate (PLOT_AXIS *pAxis, int start, int stop, int coordinate); #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* CAIROPLOT_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/include/base.h0000644000175000001440000000535314165054131013021 00000000000000/** * \file base.h * \brief Basic types, constants and macros. * \copyright Copyright (C) 2006-2022 Ralf Hoppe */ #ifndef BASE_H #define BASE_H /* INCLUDE FILES **************************************************************/ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h" #endif #include #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* GLOBAL TYPE DECLARATIONS ***************************************************/ typedef int BOOL; /**< Boolean data type (TRUE, FALSE are from gLib) */ /* GLOBAL CONSTANT DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL VARIABLE DECLARATIONS ***********************************************/ /* GLOBAL MACRO DEFINITIONS ***************************************************/ #ifdef __GNUC__ #define ATTRIBUTE(attr) __attribute__ ((attr)) #else #define ATTRIBUTE(attr) #endif #define N_ELEMENTS(array) G_N_ELEMENTS (array) /**< Number of elements in array */ #define ASSERT(cond) g_assert (cond) /**< assert() macro (currently from gLib) */ #if defined (DEBUG) && defined (__GNUC__) #define DEBUG_LOG(format, ...) g_printerr ("\n%s, %d: " format, __FILE__ , __LINE__, ## __VA_ARGS__) #else /* !__GNUC__ */ #define DEBUG_LOG(format, ...) #endif /* __GNUC__ */ /* MACRO **********************************************************************/ /** Error code check and conditional return. The macro checks for an error code * unequal to GSL_SUCCESS in \p cond. On that condition it executes the code * in \p post, then returns. * * \param cond Condition to be checked (e.g. may be a function call). * \param string Text (string), which describes the error/cause. * ******************************************************************************/ #define ERROR_RET_IF(cond, string, ...) \ { \ int __err = (cond); \ if (__err != 0) \ { \ __VA_ARGS__; \ DEBUG_LOG (string); \ return __err; \ } \ } /* EXPORTED FUNCTIONS *********************************************************/ #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #endif /* BASE_H */ /******************************************************************************/ /* END OF FILE */ /******************************************************************************/ dfcgen-gtk-0.6/build/0000755000175000001440000000000014270306435011470 500000000000000dfcgen-gtk-0.6/build/config.guess0000754000175000001440000014051214265526644013744 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Attempt to guess a canonical system name. # Copyright 1992-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # shellcheck disable=SC2006,SC2268 # see below for rationale timestamp='2022-01-09' # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, see . # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that # program. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7 # of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3"). # # Originally written by Per Bothner; maintained since 2000 by Ben Elliston. # # You can get the latest version of this script from: # https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/config.git/plain/config.guess # # Please send patches to . # The "shellcheck disable" line above the timestamp inhibits complaints # about features and limitations of the classic Bourne shell that were # superseded or lifted in POSIX. However, this script identifies a wide # variety of pre-POSIX systems that do not have POSIX shells at all, and # even some reasonably current systems (Solaris 10 as case-in-point) still # have a pre-POSIX /bin/sh. me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION] Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on. Options: -h, --help print this help, then exit -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit -v, --version print version number, then exit Report bugs and patches to ." version="\ GNU config.guess ($timestamp) Originally written by Per Bothner. Copyright 1992-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." help=" Try \`$me --help' for more information." # Parse command line while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; --version | -v ) echo "$version" ; exit ;; --help | --h* | -h ) echo "$usage"; exit ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. break ;; -* ) echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 exit 1 ;; * ) break ;; esac done if test $# != 0; then echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 exit 1 fi # Just in case it came from the environment. GUESS= # CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a # compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires # temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a # headache to deal with in a portable fashion. # Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still # use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated. # Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team. tmp= # shellcheck disable=SC2172 trap 'test -z "$tmp" || rm -fr "$tmp"' 0 1 2 13 15 set_cc_for_build() { # prevent multiple calls if $tmp is already set test "$tmp" && return 0 : "${TMPDIR=/tmp}" # shellcheck disable=SC2039,SC3028 { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp" 2>/dev/null) ; } || { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp" 2>/dev/null) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } || { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } dummy=$tmp/dummy case ${CC_FOR_BUILD-},${HOST_CC-},${CC-} in ,,) echo "int x;" > "$dummy.c" for driver in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do if ($driver -c -o "$dummy.o" "$dummy.c") >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then CC_FOR_BUILD=$driver break fi done if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found fi ;; ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; esac } # This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. # (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24) if test -f /.attbin/uname ; then PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH fi UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown case $UNAME_SYSTEM in Linux|GNU|GNU/*) LIBC=unknown set_cc_for_build cat <<-EOF > "$dummy.c" #include #if defined(__UCLIBC__) LIBC=uclibc #elif defined(__dietlibc__) LIBC=dietlibc #elif defined(__GLIBC__) LIBC=gnu #else #include /* First heuristic to detect musl libc. */ #ifdef __DEFINED_va_list LIBC=musl #endif #endif EOF cc_set_libc=`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC' | sed 's, ,,g'` eval "$cc_set_libc" # Second heuristic to detect musl libc. if [ "$LIBC" = unknown ] && command -v ldd >/dev/null && ldd --version 2>&1 | grep -q ^musl; then LIBC=musl fi # If the system lacks a compiler, then just pick glibc. # We could probably try harder. if [ "$LIBC" = unknown ]; then LIBC=gnu fi ;; esac # Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive. case $UNAME_MACHINE:$UNAME_SYSTEM:$UNAME_RELEASE:$UNAME_VERSION in *:NetBSD:*:*) # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or # more of the tuples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old # object file format. This provides both forward # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the # object file format. # # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown". UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(uname -p 2>/dev/null || \ /sbin/sysctl -n hw.machine_arch 2>/dev/null || \ /usr/sbin/sysctl -n hw.machine_arch 2>/dev/null || \ echo unknown)` case $UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH in aarch64eb) machine=aarch64_be-unknown ;; armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;; arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;; sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;; sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;; sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;; earmv*) arch=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -e 's,^e\(armv[0-9]\).*$,\1,'` endian=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -ne 's,^.*\(eb\)$,\1,p'` machine=${arch}${endian}-unknown ;; *) machine=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown ;; esac # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched # to ELF recently (or will in the future) and ABI. case $UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH in earm*) os=netbsdelf ;; arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax) set_cc_for_build if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ | grep -q __ELF__ then # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). # Return netbsd for either. FIX? os=netbsd else os=netbsdelf fi ;; *) os=netbsd ;; esac # Determine ABI tags. case $UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH in earm*) expr='s/^earmv[0-9]/-eabi/;s/eb$//' abi=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH" | sed -e "$expr"` ;; esac # The OS release # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu. case $UNAME_VERSION in Debian*) release='-gnu' ;; *) release=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-_].*//' | cut -d. -f1,2` ;; esac # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM: # contains redundant information, the shorter form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. GUESS=$machine-${os}${release}${abi-} ;; *:Bitrig:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/Bitrig.//'` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-bitrig$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:OpenBSD:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-openbsd$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:SecBSD:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/SecBSD.//'` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-secbsd$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:LibertyBSD:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/^.*BSD\.//'` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH-unknown-libertybsd$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:MidnightBSD:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-midnightbsd$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:ekkoBSD:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-ekkobsd$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:SolidBSD:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-solidbsd$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:OS108:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-os108_$UNAME_RELEASE ;; macppc:MirBSD:*:*) GUESS=powerpc-unknown-mirbsd$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:MirBSD:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-mirbsd$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:Sortix:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-sortix ;; *:Twizzler:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-twizzler ;; *:Redox:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-redox ;; mips:OSF1:*.*) GUESS=mips-dec-osf1 ;; alpha:OSF1:*:*) # Reset EXIT trap before exiting to avoid spurious non-zero exit code. trap '' 0 case $UNAME_RELEASE in *4.0) UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` ;; *5.*) UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'` ;; esac # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0. ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1` case $ALPHA_CPU_TYPE in "EV4 (21064)") UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;; "EV4.5 (21064)") UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;; "LCA4 (21066/21068)") UNAME_MACHINE=alpha ;; "EV5 (21164)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; "EV5.6 (21164A)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; "EV5.6 (21164PC)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; "EV5.7 (21164PC)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca57 ;; "EV6 (21264)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; "EV6.7 (21264A)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; "EV6.8CB (21264C)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; "EV6.8AL (21264B)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; "EV6.8CX (21264D)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev69 ;; "EV7 (21364)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev7 ;; "EV7.9 (21364A)") UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev79 ;; esac # A Pn.n version is a patched version. # A Vn.n version is a released version. # A Tn.n version is a released field test version. # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. OSF_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-dec-osf$OSF_REL ;; Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) GUESS=m68k-unknown-sysv4 ;; *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-amigaos ;; *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-morphos ;; *:OS/390:*:*) GUESS=i370-ibm-openedition ;; *:z/VM:*:*) GUESS=s390-ibm-zvmoe ;; *:OS400:*:*) GUESS=powerpc-ibm-os400 ;; arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) GUESS=arm-acorn-riscix$UNAME_RELEASE ;; arm*:riscos:*:*|arm*:RISCOS:*:*) GUESS=arm-unknown-riscos ;; SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) GUESS=hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp ;; Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*) # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE. case `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` in att) GUESS=pyramid-pyramid-sysv3 ;; *) GUESS=pyramid-pyramid-bsd ;; esac ;; NILE*:*:*:dcosx) GUESS=pyramid-pyramid-svr4 ;; DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*) GUESS=sparc-icl-nx6 ;; DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*) case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in sparc) GUESS=sparc-icl-nx7 ;; esac ;; s390x:SunOS:*:*) SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-ibm-solaris2$SUN_REL ;; sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` GUESS=sparc-hal-solaris2$SUN_REL ;; sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` GUESS=sparc-sun-solaris2$SUN_REL ;; i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*) GUESS=i386-pc-auroraux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*) set_cc_for_build SUN_ARCH=i386 # If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects. # Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does. # This test works for both compilers. if test "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found; then if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -m64 -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null then SUN_ARCH=x86_64 fi fi SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` GUESS=$SUN_ARCH-pc-solaris2$SUN_REL ;; sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4. SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` GUESS=sparc-sun-solaris3$SUN_REL ;; sun4*:SunOS:*:*) case `/usr/bin/arch -k` in Series*|S4*) UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v` ;; esac # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'. SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/-/_/'` GUESS=sparc-sun-sunos$SUN_REL ;; sun3*:SunOS:*:*) GUESS=m68k-sun-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; sun*:*:4.2BSD:*) UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null` test "x$UNAME_RELEASE" = x && UNAME_RELEASE=3 case `/bin/arch` in sun3) GUESS=m68k-sun-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; sun4) GUESS=sparc-sun-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; esac ;; aushp:SunOS:*:*) GUESS=sparc-auspex-sunos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name # can be virtually everything (everything which is not # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT" # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should # be no problem. atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) GUESS=m68k-atari-mint$UNAME_RELEASE ;; atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) GUESS=m68k-atari-mint$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) GUESS=m68k-atari-mint$UNAME_RELEASE ;; milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) GUESS=m68k-milan-mint$UNAME_RELEASE ;; hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) GUESS=m68k-hades-mint$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) GUESS=m68k-unknown-mint$UNAME_RELEASE ;; m68k:machten:*:*) GUESS=m68k-apple-machten$UNAME_RELEASE ;; powerpc:machten:*:*) GUESS=powerpc-apple-machten$UNAME_RELEASE ;; RISC*:Mach:*:*) GUESS=mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 ;; RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*) GUESS=mips-dec-ultrix$UNAME_RELEASE ;; VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*) GUESS=vax-dec-ultrix$UNAME_RELEASE ;; 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*) GUESS=clipper-intergraph-clix$UNAME_RELEASE ;; mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c" #ifdef __cplusplus #include /* for printf() prototype */ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { #else int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { #endif #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB) #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD) printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\\n", argv[1]); exit (0); #endif #endif exit (-1); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" && dummyarg=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy" "$dummyarg"` && { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } GUESS=mips-mips-riscos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) GUESS=powerpc-motorola-powermax ;; Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*) GUESS=powerpc-harris-powermax ;; Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) GUESS=powerpc-harris-powermax ;; Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*) GUESS=powerpc-harris-powerunix ;; m88k:CX/UX:7*:*) GUESS=m88k-harris-cxux7 ;; m88k:*:4*:R4*) GUESS=m88k-motorola-sysv4 ;; m88k:*:3*:R3*) GUESS=m88k-motorola-sysv3 ;; AViiON:dgux:*:*) # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = mc88100 || test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = mc88110 then if test "$TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE"x = m88kdguxelfx || \ test "$TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE"x = x then GUESS=m88k-dg-dgux$UNAME_RELEASE else GUESS=m88k-dg-dguxbcs$UNAME_RELEASE fi else GUESS=i586-dg-dgux$UNAME_RELEASE fi ;; M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) GUESS=m88k-dolphin-sysv3 ;; M88*:*:R3*:*) # Delta 88k system running SVR3 GUESS=m88k-motorola-sysv3 ;; XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3) GUESS=m88k-tektronix-sysv3 ;; Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD) GUESS=m68k-tektronix-bsd ;; *:IRIX*:*:*) IRIX_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/-/_/g'` GUESS=mips-sgi-irix$IRIX_REL ;; ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX. GUESS=romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' i*86:AIX:*:*) GUESS=i386-ibm-aix ;; ia64:AIX:*:*) if test -x /usr/bin/oslevel ; then IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` else IBM_REV=$UNAME_VERSION.$UNAME_RELEASE fi GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-ibm-aix$IBM_REV ;; *:AIX:2:3) if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c" #include main() { if (!__power_pc()) exit(1); puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5"); exit(0); } EOF if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy"` then GUESS=$SYSTEM_NAME else GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 fi elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4 else GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 fi ;; *:AIX:*:[4567]) IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'` if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El "$IBM_CPU_ID" | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then IBM_ARCH=rs6000 else IBM_ARCH=powerpc fi if test -x /usr/bin/lslpp ; then IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/lslpp -Lqc bos.rte.libc | \ awk -F: '{ print $3 }' | sed s/[0-9]*$/0/` else IBM_REV=$UNAME_VERSION.$UNAME_RELEASE fi GUESS=$IBM_ARCH-ibm-aix$IBM_REV ;; *:AIX:*:*) GUESS=rs6000-ibm-aix ;; ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:4.4BSD:*) GUESS=romp-ibm-bsd4.4 ;; ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and GUESS=romp-ibm-bsd$UNAME_RELEASE # 4.3 with uname added to ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 *:BOSX:*:*) GUESS=rs6000-bull-bosx ;; DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*) GUESS=m68k-bull-sysv3 ;; 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*) GUESS=m68k-hp-bsd ;; hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*) GUESS=m68k-hp-bsd4.4 ;; 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` case $UNAME_MACHINE in 9000/31?) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;; 9000/[34]??) HP_ARCH=m68k ;; 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) if test -x /usr/bin/getconf; then sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` case $sc_cpu_version in 523) HP_ARCH=hppa1.0 ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 528) HP_ARCH=hppa1.1 ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 case $sc_kernel_bits in 32) HP_ARCH=hppa2.0n ;; 64) HP_ARCH=hppa2.0w ;; '') HP_ARCH=hppa2.0 ;; # HP-UX 10.20 esac ;; esac fi if test "$HP_ARCH" = ""; then set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c" #define _HPUX_SOURCE #include #include int main () { #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); #endif long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); switch (cpu) { case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) switch (bits) { case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; } break; #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ puts ("hppa2.0"); break; #endif default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; } exit (0); } EOF (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`"$dummy"` test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa fi ;; esac if test "$HP_ARCH" = hppa2.0w then set_cc_for_build # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating # 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler # generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature: # # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23 # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23 if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | grep -q __LP64__ then HP_ARCH=hppa2.0w else HP_ARCH=hppa64 fi fi GUESS=$HP_ARCH-hp-hpux$HPUX_REV ;; ia64:HP-UX:*:*) HPUX_REV=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` GUESS=ia64-hp-hpux$HPUX_REV ;; 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) set_cc_for_build sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c" #include int main () { long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct results, however. */ if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu)) { switch (cpu) { case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; } } else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu)) puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); exit (0); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy"` && { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } GUESS=unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2 ;; 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:*) GUESS=hppa1.1-hp-bsd ;; 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*) GUESS=hppa1.0-hp-bsd ;; *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*) GUESS=hppa1.0-hp-mpeix ;; hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:*) GUESS=hppa1.1-hp-osf ;; hp8??:OSF1:*:*) GUESS=hppa1.0-hp-osf ;; i*86:OSF1:*:*) if test -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ; then GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-osf1mk else GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-osf1 fi ;; parisc*:Lites*:*:*) GUESS=hppa1.1-hp-lites ;; C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) GUESS=c1-convex-bsd ;; C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc then echo c32-convex-bsd else echo c2-convex-bsd fi exit ;; C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) GUESS=c34-convex-bsd ;; C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) GUESS=c38-convex-bsd ;; C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) GUESS=c4-convex-bsd ;; CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'` GUESS=ymp-cray-unicos$CRAY_REL ;; CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*) echo "$UNAME_MACHINE"-cray-unicos"$UNAME_RELEASE" \ | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \ -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \ -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit ;; CRAY*TS:*:*:*) CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'` GUESS=t90-cray-unicos$CRAY_REL ;; CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'` GUESS=alphaev5-cray-unicosmk$CRAY_REL ;; CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'` GUESS=sv1-cray-unicos$CRAY_REL ;; *:UNICOS/mp:*:*) CRAY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'` GUESS=craynv-cray-unicosmp$CRAY_REL ;; F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz` FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/ /_/'` GUESS=${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL} ;; 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | tr ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz | sed -e 's/ /_/'` GUESS=sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL} ;; i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-bsdi$UNAME_RELEASE ;; sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*) GUESS=sparc-unknown-bsdi$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:BSD/OS:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-bsdi$UNAME_RELEASE ;; arm:FreeBSD:*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` set_cc_for_build if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ | grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP then FREEBSD_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-unknown-freebsd$FREEBSD_REL-gnueabi else FREEBSD_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-unknown-freebsd$FREEBSD_REL-gnueabihf fi ;; *:FreeBSD:*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in amd64) UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;; i386) UNAME_PROCESSOR=i586 ;; esac FREEBSD_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-unknown-freebsd$FREEBSD_REL ;; i*:CYGWIN*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-cygwin ;; *:MINGW64*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-mingw64 ;; *:MINGW*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-mingw32 ;; *:MSYS*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-msys ;; i*:PW*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-pw32 ;; *:SerenityOS:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-serenity ;; *:Interix*:*) case $UNAME_MACHINE in x86) GUESS=i586-pc-interix$UNAME_RELEASE ;; authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T) GUESS=x86_64-unknown-interix$UNAME_RELEASE ;; IA64) GUESS=ia64-unknown-interix$UNAME_RELEASE ;; esac ;; i*:UWIN*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-uwin ;; amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*) GUESS=x86_64-pc-cygwin ;; prep*:SunOS:5.*:*) SUN_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` GUESS=powerpcle-unknown-solaris2$SUN_REL ;; *:GNU:*:*) # the GNU system GNU_ARCH=`echo "$UNAME_MACHINE" | sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'` GNU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` GUESS=$GNU_ARCH-unknown-$LIBC$GNU_REL ;; *:GNU/*:*:*) # other systems with GNU libc and userland GNU_SYS=`echo "$UNAME_SYSTEM" | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr "[:upper:]" "[:lower:]"` GNU_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-$GNU_SYS$GNU_REL-$LIBC ;; *:Minix:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-minix ;; aarch64:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; aarch64_be:Linux:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE=aarch64_be GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; alpha:Linux:*:*) case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null` in EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; esac objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1 if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC=gnulibc1 ; fi GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; arc:Linux:*:* | arceb:Linux:*:* | arc32:Linux:*:* | arc64:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; arm*:Linux:*:*) set_cc_for_build if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ | grep -q __ARM_EABI__ then GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC else if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ | grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP then GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabi else GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-${LIBC}eabihf fi fi ;; avr32*:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; cris:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-axis-linux-$LIBC ;; crisv32:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-axis-linux-$LIBC ;; e2k:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; frv:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; hexagon:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; i*86:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-linux-$LIBC ;; ia64:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; k1om:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; loongarch32:Linux:*:* | loongarch64:Linux:*:* | loongarchx32:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; m32r*:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; m68*:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*) set_cc_for_build IS_GLIBC=0 test x"${LIBC}" = xgnu && IS_GLIBC=1 sed 's/^ //' << EOF > "$dummy.c" #undef CPU #undef mips #undef mipsel #undef mips64 #undef mips64el #if ${IS_GLIBC} && defined(_ABI64) LIBCABI=gnuabi64 #else #if ${IS_GLIBC} && defined(_ABIN32) LIBCABI=gnuabin32 #else LIBCABI=${LIBC} #endif #endif #if ${IS_GLIBC} && defined(__mips64) && defined(__mips_isa_rev) && __mips_isa_rev>=6 CPU=mipsisa64r6 #else #if ${IS_GLIBC} && !defined(__mips64) && defined(__mips_isa_rev) && __mips_isa_rev>=6 CPU=mipsisa32r6 #else #if defined(__mips64) CPU=mips64 #else CPU=mips #endif #endif #endif #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) MIPS_ENDIAN=el #else #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) MIPS_ENDIAN= #else MIPS_ENDIAN= #endif #endif EOF cc_set_vars=`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU\|^MIPS_ENDIAN\|^LIBCABI'` eval "$cc_set_vars" test "x$CPU" != x && { echo "$CPU${MIPS_ENDIAN}-unknown-linux-$LIBCABI"; exit; } ;; mips64el:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; openrisc*:Linux:*:*) GUESS=or1k-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; or32:Linux:*:* | or1k*:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; padre:Linux:*:*) GUESS=sparc-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) GUESS=hppa64-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) # Look for CPU level case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in PA7*) GUESS=hppa1.1-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; PA8*) GUESS=hppa2.0-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; *) GUESS=hppa-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; esac ;; ppc64:Linux:*:*) GUESS=powerpc64-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; ppc:Linux:*:*) GUESS=powerpc-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; ppc64le:Linux:*:*) GUESS=powerpc64le-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; ppcle:Linux:*:*) GUESS=powerpcle-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; riscv32:Linux:*:* | riscv32be:Linux:*:* | riscv64:Linux:*:* | riscv64be:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-ibm-linux-$LIBC ;; sh64*:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; sh*:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; tile*:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; vax:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-dec-linux-$LIBC ;; x86_64:Linux:*:*) set_cc_for_build LIBCABI=$LIBC if test "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found; then if (echo '#ifdef __ILP32__'; echo IS_X32; echo '#endif') | \ (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ grep IS_X32 >/dev/null then LIBCABI=${LIBC}x32 fi fi GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-linux-$LIBCABI ;; xtensa*:Linux:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-linux-$LIBC ;; i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both # sysname and nodename. GUESS=i386-sequent-sysv4 ;; i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version # number series starting with 2... # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, # I just have to hope. -- rms. # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sysv4.2uw$UNAME_VERSION ;; i*86:OS/2:*:*) # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility # is probably installed. GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-os2-emx ;; i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-stop ;; i*86:atheos:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-atheos ;; i*86:syllable:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-syllable ;; i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) GUESS=i386-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; i*86:*DOS:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-msdosdjgpp ;; i*86:*:4.*:*) UNAME_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed 's/\/MP$//'` if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-univel-sysv$UNAME_REL else GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sysv$UNAME_REL fi ;; i*86:*:5:[678]*) # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6. case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;; *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;; *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;; esac GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION} ;; i*86:*:3.2:*) if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' /dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i586 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sco$UNAME_REL else GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-sysv32 fi ;; pc:*:*:*) # Left here for compatibility: # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586. # Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub # prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configure will decide that # this is a cross-build. GUESS=i586-pc-msdosdjgpp ;; Intel:Mach:3*:*) GUESS=i386-pc-mach3 ;; paragon:*:*:*) GUESS=i860-intel-osf1 ;; i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4 if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then GUESS=i860-stardent-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4 else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered. GUESS=i860-unknown-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE # Unknown i860-SVR4 fi ;; mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*) # "miniframe" GUESS=m68010-convergent-sysv ;; mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m) GUESS=m68k-convergent-sysv ;; M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*) GUESS=m68k-diab-dnix ;; M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*) test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;; 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0) OS_REL='' test -r /etc/.relid \ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } ;; 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;; NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*) OS_REL='.3' test -r /etc/.relid \ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \ && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3"$OS_REL"; exit; } ;; m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) GUESS=m68k-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) GUESS=m68k-atari-sysv4 ;; TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*) GUESS=sparc-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) GUESS=rs6000-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) GUESS=powerpc-unknown-lynxos$UNAME_RELEASE ;; SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) GUESS=mips-dde-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE ;; RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*) GUESS=mips-sni-sysv4 ;; RM*:SINIX-*:*:*) GUESS=mips-sni-sysv4 ;; *:SINIX-*:*:*) if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-sni-sysv4 else GUESS=ns32k-sni-sysv fi ;; PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort # says GUESS=i586-unisys-sysv4 ;; *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) # From Gerald Hewes . # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm GUESS=hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4 ;; *:*:*:FTX*) # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com. GUESS=i860-stratus-sysv4 ;; i*86:VOS:*:*) # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-stratus-vos ;; *:VOS:*:*) # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. GUESS=hppa1.1-stratus-vos ;; mc68*:A/UX:*:*) GUESS=m68k-apple-aux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*) GUESS=mips-sony-newsos6 ;; R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) if test -d /usr/nec; then GUESS=mips-nec-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE else GUESS=mips-unknown-sysv$UNAME_RELEASE fi ;; BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. GUESS=powerpc-be-beos ;; BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only. GUESS=powerpc-apple-beos ;; BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. GUESS=i586-pc-beos ;; BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible. GUESS=i586-pc-haiku ;; x86_64:Haiku:*:*) GUESS=x86_64-unknown-haiku ;; SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) GUESS=sx4-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*) GUESS=sx5-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*) GUESS=sx6-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*) GUESS=sx7-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*) GUESS=sx8-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*) GUESS=sx8r-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; SX-ACE:SUPER-UX:*:*) GUESS=sxace-nec-superux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; Power*:Rhapsody:*:*) GUESS=powerpc-apple-rhapsody$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:Rhapsody:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-apple-rhapsody$UNAME_RELEASE ;; arm64:Darwin:*:*) GUESS=aarch64-apple-darwin$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:Darwin:*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; esac if command -v xcode-select > /dev/null 2> /dev/null && \ ! xcode-select --print-path > /dev/null 2> /dev/null ; then # Avoid executing cc if there is no toolchain installed as # cc will be a stub that puts up a graphical alert # prompting the user to install developer tools. CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found else set_cc_for_build fi if test "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != no_compiler_found; then if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null then case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in i386) UNAME_PROCESSOR=x86_64 ;; powerpc) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc64 ;; esac fi # On 10.4-10.6 one might compile for PowerPC via gcc -arch ppc if (echo '#ifdef __POWERPC__'; echo IS_PPC; echo '#endif') | \ (CCOPTS="" $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ grep IS_PPC >/dev/null then UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc fi elif test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = i386 ; then # uname -m returns i386 or x86_64 UNAME_PROCESSOR=$UNAME_MACHINE fi GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-apple-darwin$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = x86; then UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386 UNAME_MACHINE=pc fi GUESS=$UNAME_PROCESSOR-$UNAME_MACHINE-nto-qnx$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:QNX:*:4*) GUESS=i386-pc-qnx ;; NEO-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) GUESS=neo-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE ;; NSE-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) GUESS=nse-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE ;; NSR-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) GUESS=nsr-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE ;; NSV-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) GUESS=nsv-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE ;; NSX-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) GUESS=nsx-tandem-nsk$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:NonStop-UX:*:*) GUESS=mips-compaq-nonstopux ;; BS2000:POSIX*:*:*) GUESS=bs2000-siemens-sysv ;; DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-$UNAME_SYSTEM-$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:Plan9:*:*) # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386 # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86 # operating systems. if test "${cputype-}" = 386; then UNAME_MACHINE=i386 elif test "x${cputype-}" != x; then UNAME_MACHINE=$cputype fi GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-plan9 ;; *:TOPS-10:*:*) GUESS=pdp10-unknown-tops10 ;; *:TENEX:*:*) GUESS=pdp10-unknown-tenex ;; KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*) GUESS=pdp10-dec-tops20 ;; XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*) GUESS=pdp10-xkl-tops20 ;; *:TOPS-20:*:*) GUESS=pdp10-unknown-tops20 ;; *:ITS:*:*) GUESS=pdp10-unknown-its ;; SEI:*:*:SEIUX) GUESS=mips-sei-seiux$UNAME_RELEASE ;; *:DragonFly:*:*) DRAGONFLY_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-dragonfly$DRAGONFLY_REL ;; *:*VMS:*:*) UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` case $UNAME_MACHINE in A*) GUESS=alpha-dec-vms ;; I*) GUESS=ia64-dec-vms ;; V*) GUESS=vax-dec-vms ;; esac ;; *:XENIX:*:SysV) GUESS=i386-pc-xenix ;; i*86:skyos:*:*) SKYOS_REL=`echo "$UNAME_RELEASE" | sed -e 's/ .*$//'` GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-skyos$SKYOS_REL ;; i*86:rdos:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-rdos ;; i*86:Fiwix:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-pc-fiwix ;; *:AROS:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-aros ;; x86_64:VMkernel:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-esx ;; amd64:Isilon\ OneFS:*:*) GUESS=x86_64-unknown-onefs ;; *:Unleashed:*:*) GUESS=$UNAME_MACHINE-unknown-unleashed$UNAME_RELEASE ;; esac # Do we have a guess based on uname results? if test "x$GUESS" != x; then echo "$GUESS" exit fi # No uname command or uname output not recognized. set_cc_for_build cat > "$dummy.c" < #include #endif #if defined(ultrix) || defined(_ultrix) || defined(__ultrix) || defined(__ultrix__) #if defined (vax) || defined (__vax) || defined (__vax__) || defined(mips) || defined(__mips) || defined(__mips__) || defined(MIPS) || defined(__MIPS__) #include #if defined(_SIZE_T_) || defined(SIGLOST) #include #endif #endif #endif main () { #if defined (sony) #if defined (MIPSEB) /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed, I don't know.... */ printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0); #else #include printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n", #ifdef NEWSOS4 "4" #else "" #endif ); exit (0); #endif #endif #if defined (NeXT) #if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__) #define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k" #endif int version; version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`; if (version < 4) printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); else printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); exit (0); #endif #if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16) #if defined (UMAXV) printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0); #else #if defined (CMU) printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0); #else printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #endif #if defined (__386BSD__) printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (sequent) #if defined (i386) printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (ns32000) printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #if defined (_SEQUENT_) struct utsname un; uname(&un); if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) { printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0); } if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0); } printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0); #endif #if defined (vax) #if !defined (ultrix) #include #if defined (BSD) #if BSD == 43 printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0); #else #if BSD == 199006 printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0); #else printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #else printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif #else #if defined(_SIZE_T_) || defined(SIGLOST) struct utsname un; uname (&un); printf ("vax-dec-ultrix%s\n", un.release); exit (0); #else printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #endif #if defined(ultrix) || defined(_ultrix) || defined(__ultrix) || defined(__ultrix__) #if defined(mips) || defined(__mips) || defined(__mips__) || defined(MIPS) || defined(__MIPS__) #if defined(_SIZE_T_) || defined(SIGLOST) struct utsname *un; uname (&un); printf ("mips-dec-ultrix%s\n", un.release); exit (0); #else printf ("mips-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); #endif #endif #endif #if defined (alliant) && defined (i860) printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0); #endif exit (1); } EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD -o "$dummy" "$dummy.c" 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`"$dummy"` && { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } # Apollos put the system type in the environment. test -d /usr/apollo && { echo "$ISP-apollo-$SYSTYPE"; exit; } echo "$0: unable to guess system type" >&2 case $UNAME_MACHINE:$UNAME_SYSTEM in mips:Linux | mips64:Linux) # If we got here on MIPS GNU/Linux, output extra information. cat >&2 <&2 <&2 </dev/null || echo unknown` uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null` /bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null` hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null` /bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` /usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null` /bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null` /usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null` /usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null` UNAME_MACHINE = "$UNAME_MACHINE" UNAME_RELEASE = "$UNAME_RELEASE" UNAME_SYSTEM = "$UNAME_SYSTEM" UNAME_VERSION = "$UNAME_VERSION" EOF fi exit 1 # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" # time-stamp-end: "'" # End: dfcgen-gtk-0.6/build/install-sh0000754000175000001440000003577614265526644013447 00000000000000#!/bin/sh # install - install a program, script, or datafile scriptversion=2020-11-14.01; # UTC # This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was # later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the # following copyright and license. # # Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium # # Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy # of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to # deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the # rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or # sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is # furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: # # The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in # all copies or substantial portions of the Software. # # THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR # IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, # FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE # X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN # AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC- # TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. # # Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not # be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- # ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor- # tium. # # # FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. # # Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent # 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it # when there is no Makefile. # # This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written # from scratch. tab=' ' nl=' ' IFS=" $tab$nl" # Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script. doit=${DOITPROG-} doit_exec=${doit:-exec} # Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path; # or use environment vars. chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp} chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod} chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown} cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp} cpprog=${CPPROG-cp} mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir} mvprog=${MVPROG-mv} rmprog=${RMPROG-rm} stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip} posix_mkdir= # Desired mode of installed file. mode=0755 # Create dirs (including intermediate dirs) using mode 755. # This is like GNU 'install' as of coreutils 8.32 (2020). mkdir_umask=22 backupsuffix= chgrpcmd= chmodcmd=$chmodprog chowncmd= mvcmd=$mvprog rmcmd="$rmprog -f" stripcmd= src= dst= dir_arg= dst_arg= copy_on_change=false is_target_a_directory=possibly usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES... or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES... In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE. In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY. In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES. Options: --help display this help and exit. --version display version info and exit. -c (ignored) -C install only if different (preserve data modification time) -d create directories instead of installing files. -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. -p pass -p to $cpprog. -s $stripprog installed files. -S SUFFIX attempt to back up existing files, with suffix SUFFIX. -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY. -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory. Environment variables override the default commands: CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG RMPROG STRIPPROG By default, rm is invoked with -f; when overridden with RMPROG, it's up to you to specify -f if you want it. If -S is not specified, no backups are attempted. Email bug reports to bug-automake@gnu.org. Automake home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/automake/ " while test $# -ne 0; do case $1 in -c) ;; -C) copy_on_change=true;; -d) dir_arg=true;; -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" shift;; --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;; -m) mode=$2 case $mode in *' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*) echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2 exit 1;; esac shift;; -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" shift;; -p) cpprog="$cpprog -p";; -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;; -S) backupsuffix="$2" shift;; -t) is_target_a_directory=always dst_arg=$2 # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. case $dst_arg in -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;; esac shift;; -T) is_target_a_directory=never;; --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;; --) shift break;; -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2 exit 1;; *) break;; esac shift done # We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d # take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install. if test -n "$dir_arg"; then if test -n "$dst_arg"; then echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2 exit 1 fi fi if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. for arg do if test -n "$dst_arg"; then # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg" shift # fnord fi shift # arg dst_arg=$arg # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. case $dst_arg in -* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;; esac done fi if test $# -eq 0; then if test -z "$dir_arg"; then echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 exit 1 fi # It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument. # This can happen when creating conditional directories. exit 0 fi if test -z "$dir_arg"; then if test $# -gt 1 || test "$is_target_a_directory" = always; then if test ! -d "$dst_arg"; then echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is not a directory." >&2 exit 1 fi fi fi if test -z "$dir_arg"; then do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret' trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1 trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2 trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13 trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15 # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes. # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps. case $mode in # Optimize common cases. *644) cp_umask=133;; *755) cp_umask=22;; *[0-7]) if test -z "$stripcmd"; then u_plus_rw= else u_plus_rw='% 200' fi cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;; *) if test -z "$stripcmd"; then u_plus_rw= else u_plus_rw=,u+rw fi cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;; esac fi for src do # Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities. case $src in -* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;; esac if test -n "$dir_arg"; then dst=$src dstdir=$dst test -d "$dstdir" dstdir_status=$? # Don't chown directories that already exist. if test $dstdir_status = 0; then chowncmd="" fi else # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2 exit 1 fi if test -z "$dst_arg"; then echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 exit 1 fi dst=$dst_arg # If destination is a directory, append the input filename. if test -d "$dst"; then if test "$is_target_a_directory" = never; then echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2 exit 1 fi dstdir=$dst dstbase=`basename "$src"` case $dst in */) dst=$dst$dstbase;; *) dst=$dst/$dstbase;; esac dstdir_status=0 else dstdir=`dirname "$dst"` test -d "$dstdir" dstdir_status=$? fi fi case $dstdir in */) dstdirslash=$dstdir;; *) dstdirslash=$dstdir/;; esac obsolete_mkdir_used=false if test $dstdir_status != 0; then case $posix_mkdir in '') # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode. # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask. if test -n "$dir_arg"; then mkdir_mode=-m$mode else mkdir_mode= fi posix_mkdir=false # The $RANDOM variable is not portable (e.g., dash). Use it # here however when possible just to lower collision chance. tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$ trap ' ret=$? rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null exit $ret ' 0 # Because "mkdir -p" follows existing symlinks and we likely work # directly in world-writeable /tmp, make sure that the '$tmpdir' # directory is successfully created first before we actually test # 'mkdir -p'. if (umask $mkdir_umask && $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode "$tmpdir" && exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/a/b") >/dev/null 2>&1 then if test -z "$dir_arg" || { # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m. # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or # other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't. # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory. test_tmpdir="$tmpdir/a" ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"` case $ls_ld_tmpdir in d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;; d????-?--*) different_mode=755;; *) false;; esac && $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$test_tmpdir" && { ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"` test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1" } } then posix_mkdir=: fi rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" else # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations. rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null fi trap '' 0;; esac if $posix_mkdir && ( umask $mkdir_umask && $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir" ) then : else # mkdir does not conform to POSIX, # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go. case $dstdir in /*) prefix='/';; [-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';; *) prefix='';; esac oIFS=$IFS IFS=/ set -f set fnord $dstdir shift set +f IFS=$oIFS prefixes= for d do test X"$d" = X && continue prefix=$prefix$d if test -d "$prefix"; then prefixes= else if $posix_mkdir; then (umask $mkdir_umask && $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. test -d "$prefix" || exit 1 else case $prefix in *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; *) qprefix=$prefix;; esac prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'" fi fi prefix=$prefix/ done if test -n "$prefixes"; then # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. (umask $mkdir_umask && eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") || test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1 obsolete_mkdir_used=true fi fi fi if test -n "$dir_arg"; then { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } && { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false || test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1 else # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. dsttmp=${dstdirslash}_inst.$$_ rmtmp=${dstdirslash}_rm.$$_ # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit. trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0 # Copy the file name to the temp name. (umask $cp_umask && { test -z "$stripcmd" || { # Create $dsttmp read-write so that cp doesn't create it read-only, # which would cause strip to fail. if test -z "$doit"; then : >"$dsttmp" # No need to fork-exec 'touch'. else $doit touch "$dsttmp" fi } } && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") && # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits. # # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command. # { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } && { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } && # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file. if $copy_on_change && old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` && new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` && set -f && set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && set +f && test "$old" = "$new" && $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1 then rm -f "$dsttmp" else # If $backupsuffix is set, and the file being installed # already exists, attempt a backup. Don't worry if it fails, # e.g., if mv doesn't support -f. if test -n "$backupsuffix" && test -f "$dst"; then $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$dst$backupsuffix" 2>/dev/null fi # Rename the file to the real destination. $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null || # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not # support -f. { # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some # systems and the destination file might be busy for other # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new # file should still install successfully. { test ! -f "$dst" || $doit $rmcmd "$dst" 2>/dev/null || { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null && { $doit $rmcmd "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; } } || { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2 (exit 1); exit 1 } } && # Now rename the file to the real destination. $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst" } fi || exit 1 trap '' 0 fi done # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: dfcgen-gtk-0.6/build/compile0000754000175000001440000001635014265526644013004 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'. scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC # Copyright (C) 1999-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Written by Tom Tromey . # # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # This file is maintained in Automake, please report # bugs to or send patches to # . nl=' ' # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage. IFS=" "" $nl" file_conv= # func_file_conv build_file lazy # Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file # Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion # type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will # take place. func_file_conv () { file=$1 case $file in / | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file if test -z "$file_conv"; then # lazily determine how to convert abs files case `uname -s` in MINGW*) file_conv=mingw ;; CYGWIN* | MSYS*) file_conv=cygwin ;; *) file_conv=wine ;; esac fi case $file_conv/,$2, in *,$file_conv,*) ;; mingw/*) file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'` ;; cygwin/* | msys/*) file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"` ;; wine/*) file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"` ;; esac ;; esac } # func_cl_dashL linkdir # Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR func_cl_dashL () { func_file_conv "$1" if test -z "$lib_path"; then lib_path=$file else lib_path="$lib_path;$file" fi linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file" } # func_cl_dashl library # Do a library search-path lookup for cl func_cl_dashl () { lib=$1 found=no save_IFS=$IFS IFS=';' for dir in $lib_path $LIB do IFS=$save_IFS if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then found=yes lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib break fi if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then found=yes lib=$dir/$lib.lib break fi if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then found=yes lib=$dir/lib$lib.a break fi done IFS=$save_IFS if test "$found" != yes; then lib=$lib.lib fi } # func_cl_wrapper cl arg... # Adjust compile command to suit cl func_cl_wrapper () { # Assume a capable shell lib_path= shared=: linker_opts= for arg do if test -n "$eat"; then eat= else case $1 in -o) # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'. eat=1 case $2 in *.o | *.[oO][bB][jJ]) func_file_conv "$2" set x "$@" -Fo"$file" shift ;; *) func_file_conv "$2" set x "$@" -Fe"$file" shift ;; esac ;; -I) eat=1 func_file_conv "$2" mingw set x "$@" -I"$file" shift ;; -I*) func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw set x "$@" -I"$file" shift ;; -l) eat=1 func_cl_dashl "$2" set x "$@" "$lib" shift ;; -l*) func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}" set x "$@" "$lib" shift ;; -L) eat=1 func_cl_dashL "$2" ;; -L*) func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}" ;; -static) shared=false ;; -Wl,*) arg=${1#-Wl,} save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' for flag in $arg; do IFS="$save_ifs" linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag" done IFS="$save_ifs" ;; -Xlinker) eat=1 linker_opts="$linker_opts $2" ;; -*) set x "$@" "$1" shift ;; *.cc | *.CC | *.cxx | *.CXX | *.[cC]++) func_file_conv "$1" set x "$@" -Tp"$file" shift ;; *.c | *.cpp | *.CPP | *.lib | *.LIB | *.Lib | *.OBJ | *.obj | *.[oO]) func_file_conv "$1" mingw set x "$@" "$file" shift ;; *) set x "$@" "$1" shift ;; esac fi shift done if test -n "$linker_opts"; then linker_opts="-link$linker_opts" fi exec "$@" $linker_opts exit 1 } eat= case $1 in '') echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1; ;; -h | --h*) cat <<\EOF Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'. Remove '-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining arguments, and rename the output as expected. If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the right script to run: please start by reading the file 'INSTALL'. Report bugs to . EOF exit $? ;; -v | --v*) echo "compile $scriptversion" exit $? ;; cl | *[/\\]cl | cl.exe | *[/\\]cl.exe | \ icl | *[/\\]icl | icl.exe | *[/\\]icl.exe ) func_cl_wrapper "$@" # Doesn't return... ;; esac ofile= cfile= for arg do if test -n "$eat"; then eat= else case $1 in -o) # configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'. # So we strip '-o arg' only if arg is an object. eat=1 case $2 in *.o | *.obj) ofile=$2 ;; *) set x "$@" -o "$2" shift ;; esac ;; *.c) cfile=$1 set x "$@" "$1" shift ;; *) set x "$@" "$1" shift ;; esac fi shift done if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then # If no '-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a # pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no # '.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also # ok. exec "$@" fi # Name of file we expect compiler to create. cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'` # Create the lock directory. # Note: use '[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name # that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected # object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build. lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d while true; do if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then break fi sleep 1 done # FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap. trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15 # Run the compile. "$@" ret=$? if test -f "$cofile"; then test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile" elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile" fi rmdir "$lockdir" exit $ret # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: dfcgen-gtk-0.6/build/config.rpath0000754000175000001440000004421614162664016013730 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the # run time search path of shared libraries in an executable. # # Copyright 1996-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # Taken from GNU libtool, 2001 # Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 # # This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives # unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without # modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # # The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM # or # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM # The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld # should be set by the caller. # # The set of defined variables is at the end of this script. # Known limitations: # - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer # than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only # known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build # directory and/or the installation directory. # All known linkers require a '.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC, # which needs '.lib'). libext=a shrext=.so host="$1" host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'` host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'` host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'` # Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME. for cc_temp in $CC""; do case $cc_temp in compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;; distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;; \-*) ;; *) break;; esac done cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'` # Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_COMPILER_PIC. wl= if test "$GCC" = yes; then wl='-Wl,' else case "$host_os" in aix*) wl='-Wl,' ;; mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) wl='-Wl,' ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) wl='-Wl,' ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) case $cc_basename in ecc*) wl='-Wl,' ;; icc* | ifort*) wl='-Wl,' ;; lf95*) wl='-Wl,' ;; nagfor*) wl='-Wl,-Wl,,' ;; pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*) wl='-Wl,' ;; ccc*) wl='-Wl,' ;; xl* | bgxl* | bgf* | mpixl*) wl='-Wl,' ;; como) wl='-lopt=' ;; *) case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in *Sun\ F* | *Sun*Fortran*) wl= ;; *Sun\ C*) wl='-Wl,' ;; esac ;; esac ;; newsos6) ;; *nto* | *qnx*) ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) wl='-Wl,' ;; rdos*) ;; solaris*) case $cc_basename in f77* | f90* | f95* | sunf77* | sunf90* | sunf95*) wl='-Qoption ld ' ;; *) wl='-Wl,' ;; esac ;; sunos4*) wl='-Qoption ld ' ;; sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*) wl='-Wl,' ;; sysv4*MP*) ;; sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*) wl='-Wl,' ;; unicos*) wl='-Wl,' ;; uts4*) ;; esac fi # Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= hardcode_libdir_separator= hardcode_direct=no hardcode_minus_L=no case "$host_os" in cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. if test "$GCC" != yes; then with_gnu_ld=no fi ;; interix*) # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++) with_gnu_ld=yes ;; openbsd*) with_gnu_ld=no ;; esac ld_shlibs=yes if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them # here allows them to be overridden if necessary. # Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented # option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' case "$host_os" in aix[3-9]*) # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then ld_shlibs=no fi ;; amigaos*) case "$host_cpu" in powerpc) ;; m68k) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; esac ;; beos*) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then : else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is # no search path for DLLs. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then : else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; haiku*) ;; interix[3-9]*) hardcode_direct=no hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' ;; gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then : else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; netbsd*) ;; solaris*) if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then ld_shlibs=no elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then : else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*) case `$LD -v 2>&1` in *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*) ld_shlibs=no ;; *) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`' else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; esac ;; sunos4*) hardcode_direct=yes ;; *) if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then : else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; esac if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec= fi else case "$host_os" in aix3*) # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there # are no directories specified by -L. hardcode_minus_L=yes if test "$GCC" = yes; then # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a # broken collect2. hardcode_direct=unsupported fi ;; aix[4-9]*) if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't # have to do anything special. aix_use_runtimelinking=no else aix_use_runtimelinking=no # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we # need to do runtime linking. case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*) for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then aix_use_runtimelinking=yes break fi done ;; esac fi hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_libdir_separator=':' if test "$GCC" = yes; then case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*) collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2` if test -f "$collect2name" && \ strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null then # We have reworked collect2 : else # We have old collect2 hardcode_direct=unsupported hardcode_minus_L=yes hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator= fi ;; esac fi # Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX. echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c ${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } }'` if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; } }'` fi if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib" fi rm -f conftest.c conftest # End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX. if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" else if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib' else hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath" fi fi ;; amigaos*) case "$host_cpu" in powerpc) ;; m68k) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; esac ;; bsdi[45]*) ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using # Microsoft Visual C++. # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is # no search path for DLLs. hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' ' libext=lib ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) hardcode_direct=no if { case $cc_basename in ifort*) true;; *) test "$GCC" = yes;; esac; }; then : else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; dgux*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' ;; freebsd2.[01]*) hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes ;; hpux9*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: hardcode_direct=yes # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; hpux10*) if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: hardcode_direct=yes # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L=yes fi ;; hpux11*) if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: case $host_cpu in hppa*64*|ia64*) hardcode_direct=no ;; *) hardcode_direct=yes # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH, # but as the default location of the library. hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; esac fi ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; netbsd*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes ;; newsos6) hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; *nto* | *qnx*) ;; openbsd*) if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then hardcode_direct=yes if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' else case "$host_os" in openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' ;; *) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir' ;; esac fi else ld_shlibs=no fi ;; os2*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; osf3*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; osf4* | osf5*) if test "$GCC" = yes; then hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir' else # Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir' fi hardcode_libdir_separator=: ;; solaris*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir' ;; sunos4*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' hardcode_direct=yes hardcode_minus_L=yes ;; sysv4) case $host_vendor in sni) hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true??? ;; siemens) hardcode_direct=no ;; motorola) hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie ;; esac ;; sysv4.3*) ;; sysv4*MP*) if test -d /usr/nec; then ld_shlibs=yes fi ;; sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`' hardcode_libdir_separator=':' ;; uts4*) hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir' ;; *) ld_shlibs=no ;; esac fi # Check dynamic linker characteristics # Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER. # Unlike libtool.m4, here we don't care about _all_ names of the library, but # only about the one the linker finds when passed -lNAME. This is the last # element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4, or possibly two of them if the # linker has special search rules. library_names_spec= # the last element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4 libname_spec='lib$name' case "$host_os" in aix3*) library_names_spec='$libname.a' ;; aix[4-9]*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; amigaos*) case "$host_cpu" in powerpc*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; m68k) library_names_spec='$libname.a' ;; esac ;; beos*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; bsdi[45]*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) shrext=.dll library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a $libname.lib' ;; darwin* | rhapsody*) shrext=.dylib library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; dgux*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; freebsd[23].*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' ;; freebsd* | dragonfly*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; gnu*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; haiku*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*) case $host_cpu in ia64*) shrext=.so ;; hppa*64*) shrext=.sl ;; *) shrext=.sl ;; esac library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; interix[3-9]*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' case "$host_os" in irix5* | nonstopux*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; *) case $LD in *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;; *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;; *) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;; esac ;; esac ;; linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*) ;; linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; knetbsd*-gnu) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; netbsd*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; newsos6) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; *nto* | *qnx*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; openbsd*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' ;; os2*) libname_spec='$name' shrext=.dll library_names_spec='$libname.a' ;; osf3* | osf4* | osf5*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; rdos*) ;; solaris*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; sunos4*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' ;; sysv4 | sysv4.3*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; sysv4*MP*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; tpf*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; uts4*) library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;; esac sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g' escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'` escaped_libname_spec=`echo "X$libname_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` escaped_library_names_spec=`echo "X$library_names_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"` LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <, 1996. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. if test $# -eq 0; then echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 fi case $1 in --is-lightweight) # Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing # script is modern enough. exit 0 ;; --run) # Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake. shift ;; -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) echo "\ $0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due to PROGRAM being missing or too old. Options: -h, --help display this help and exit -v, --version output version information and exit Supported PROGRAM values: aclocal autoconf autoheader autom4te automake makeinfo bison yacc flex lex help2man Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and 'g' are ignored when checking the name. Send bug reports to ." exit $? ;; -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)" exit $? ;; -*) echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option" echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information" exit 1 ;; esac # Run the given program, remember its exit status. "$@"; st=$? # If it succeeded, we are done. test $st -eq 0 && exit 0 # Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was # passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the # program is present and works. case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens when the user # tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a # minimum version. if test $st -eq 63; then msg="probably too old" elif test $st -eq 127; then # Program was missing. msg="missing on your system" else # Program was found and executed, but failed. Give up. exit $st fi perl_URL=https://www.perl.org/ flex_URL=https://github.com/westes/flex gnu_software_URL=https://www.gnu.org/software program_details () { case $1 in aclocal|automake) echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>" echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>" echo "<$perl_URL>" ;; autoconf|autom4te|autoheader) echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>" echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>" echo "<$perl_URL>" ;; esac } give_advice () { # Normalize program name to check for. normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed ' s/^gnu-//; t s/^gnu//; t s/^g//; t'` printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg." configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'" case $normalized_program in autoconf*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac'," echo "or m4 files included by it." program_details 'autoconf' ;; autoheader*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or" echo "$configure_deps." program_details 'autoheader' ;; automake*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or" echo "$configure_deps." program_details 'automake' ;; aclocal*) echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or" echo "$configure_deps." program_details 'aclocal' ;; autom4te*) echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require" echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt." program_details 'autom4te' ;; bison*|yacc*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file." echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>" ;; lex*|flex*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file." echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:" echo "<$flex_URL>" ;; help2man*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \ "of a man page." echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>" ;; makeinfo*) echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or" echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual." echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>" echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of" echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might" echo "want to install GNU make:" echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>" ;; *) echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper" echo "tools for further handling them. Check the 'README' file, it" echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing" echo "this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in" echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program." ;; esac } give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \ -e '2,$s/^/ /' >&2 # Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program # not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch). exit $st # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: dfcgen-gtk-0.6/build/config.sub0000754000175000001440000010511614265526644013410 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # Configuration validation subroutine script. # Copyright 1992-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # shellcheck disable=SC2006,SC2268 # see below for rationale timestamp='2022-01-03' # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or # (at your option) any later version. # # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but # WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU # General Public License for more details. # # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program; if not, see . # # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that # program. This Exception is an additional permission under section 7 # of the GNU General Public License, version 3 ("GPLv3"). # Please send patches to . # # Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. # Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. # If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. # Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed. # You can get the latest version of this script from: # https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/config.git/plain/config.sub # This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages # and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases # that are meaningful with *any* GNU software. # Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations # it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish # a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless # configuration. # The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given # machine specification into a single specification in the form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM # or in some cases, the newer four-part form: # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM # It is wrong to echo any other type of specification. # The "shellcheck disable" line above the timestamp inhibits complaints # about features and limitations of the classic Bourne shell that were # superseded or lifted in POSIX. However, this script identifies a wide # variety of pre-POSIX systems that do not have POSIX shells at all, and # even some reasonably current systems (Solaris 10 as case-in-point) still # have a pre-POSIX /bin/sh. me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` usage="\ Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS or ALIAS Canonicalize a configuration name. Options: -h, --help print this help, then exit -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit -v, --version print version number, then exit Report bugs and patches to ." version="\ GNU config.sub ($timestamp) Copyright 1992-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." help=" Try \`$me --help' for more information." # Parse command line while test $# -gt 0 ; do case $1 in --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; --version | -v ) echo "$version" ; exit ;; --help | --h* | -h ) echo "$usage"; exit ;; -- ) # Stop option processing shift; break ;; - ) # Use stdin as input. break ;; -* ) echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 exit 1 ;; *local*) # First pass through any local machine types. echo "$1" exit ;; * ) break ;; esac done case $# in 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2 exit 1;; 1) ;; *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 exit 1;; esac # Split fields of configuration type # shellcheck disable=SC2162 saved_IFS=$IFS IFS="-" read field1 field2 field3 field4 <&2 exit 1 ;; *-*-*-*) basic_machine=$field1-$field2 basic_os=$field3-$field4 ;; *-*-*) # Ambiguous whether COMPANY is present, or skipped and KERNEL-OS is two # parts maybe_os=$field2-$field3 case $maybe_os in nto-qnx* | linux-* | uclinux-uclibc* \ | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* \ | netbsd*-eabi* | kopensolaris*-gnu* | cloudabi*-eabi* \ | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) basic_machine=$field1 basic_os=$maybe_os ;; android-linux) basic_machine=$field1-unknown basic_os=linux-android ;; *) basic_machine=$field1-$field2 basic_os=$field3 ;; esac ;; *-*) # A lone config we happen to match not fitting any pattern case $field1-$field2 in decstation-3100) basic_machine=mips-dec basic_os= ;; *-*) # Second component is usually, but not always the OS case $field2 in # Prevent following clause from handling this valid os sun*os*) basic_machine=$field1 basic_os=$field2 ;; zephyr*) basic_machine=$field1-unknown basic_os=$field2 ;; # Manufacturers dec* | mips* | sequent* | encore* | pc533* | sgi* | sony* \ | att* | 7300* | 3300* | delta* | motorola* | sun[234]* \ | unicom* | ibm* | next | hp | isi* | apollo | altos* \ | convergent* | ncr* | news | 32* | 3600* | 3100* \ | hitachi* | c[123]* | convex* | sun | crds | omron* | dg \ | ultra | tti* | harris | dolphin | highlevel | gould \ | cbm | ns | masscomp | apple | axis | knuth | cray \ | microblaze* | sim | cisco \ | oki | wec | wrs | winbond) basic_machine=$field1-$field2 basic_os= ;; *) basic_machine=$field1 basic_os=$field2 ;; esac ;; esac ;; *) # Convert single-component short-hands not valid as part of # multi-component configurations. case $field1 in 386bsd) basic_machine=i386-pc basic_os=bsd ;; a29khif) basic_machine=a29k-amd basic_os=udi ;; adobe68k) basic_machine=m68010-adobe basic_os=scout ;; alliant) basic_machine=fx80-alliant basic_os= ;; altos | altos3068) basic_machine=m68k-altos basic_os= ;; am29k) basic_machine=a29k-none basic_os=bsd ;; amdahl) basic_machine=580-amdahl basic_os=sysv ;; amiga) basic_machine=m68k-unknown basic_os= ;; amigaos | amigados) basic_machine=m68k-unknown basic_os=amigaos ;; amigaunix | amix) basic_machine=m68k-unknown basic_os=sysv4 ;; apollo68) basic_machine=m68k-apollo basic_os=sysv ;; apollo68bsd) basic_machine=m68k-apollo basic_os=bsd ;; aros) basic_machine=i386-pc basic_os=aros ;; aux) basic_machine=m68k-apple basic_os=aux ;; balance) basic_machine=ns32k-sequent basic_os=dynix ;; blackfin) basic_machine=bfin-unknown basic_os=linux ;; cegcc) basic_machine=arm-unknown basic_os=cegcc ;; convex-c1) basic_machine=c1-convex basic_os=bsd ;; convex-c2) basic_machine=c2-convex basic_os=bsd ;; convex-c32) basic_machine=c32-convex basic_os=bsd ;; convex-c34) basic_machine=c34-convex basic_os=bsd ;; convex-c38) basic_machine=c38-convex basic_os=bsd ;; cray) basic_machine=j90-cray basic_os=unicos ;; crds | unos) basic_machine=m68k-crds basic_os= ;; da30) basic_machine=m68k-da30 basic_os= ;; decstation | pmax | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn) basic_machine=mips-dec basic_os= ;; delta88) basic_machine=m88k-motorola basic_os=sysv3 ;; dicos) basic_machine=i686-pc basic_os=dicos ;; djgpp) basic_machine=i586-pc basic_os=msdosdjgpp ;; ebmon29k) basic_machine=a29k-amd basic_os=ebmon ;; es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE) basic_machine=m68k-ericsson basic_os=ose ;; gmicro) basic_machine=tron-gmicro basic_os=sysv ;; go32) basic_machine=i386-pc basic_os=go32 ;; h8300hms) basic_machine=h8300-hitachi basic_os=hms ;; h8300xray) basic_machine=h8300-hitachi basic_os=xray ;; h8500hms) basic_machine=h8500-hitachi basic_os=hms ;; harris) basic_machine=m88k-harris basic_os=sysv3 ;; hp300 | hp300hpux) basic_machine=m68k-hp basic_os=hpux ;; hp300bsd) basic_machine=m68k-hp basic_os=bsd ;; hppaosf) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp basic_os=osf ;; hppro) basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp basic_os=proelf ;; i386mach) basic_machine=i386-mach basic_os=mach ;; isi68 | isi) basic_machine=m68k-isi basic_os=sysv ;; m68knommu) basic_machine=m68k-unknown basic_os=linux ;; magnum | m3230) basic_machine=mips-mips basic_os=sysv ;; merlin) basic_machine=ns32k-utek basic_os=sysv ;; mingw64) basic_machine=x86_64-pc basic_os=mingw64 ;; mingw32) basic_machine=i686-pc basic_os=mingw32 ;; mingw32ce) basic_machine=arm-unknown basic_os=mingw32ce ;; monitor) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k basic_os=coff ;; morphos) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown basic_os=morphos ;; moxiebox) basic_machine=moxie-unknown basic_os=moxiebox ;; msdos) basic_machine=i386-pc basic_os=msdos ;; msys) basic_machine=i686-pc basic_os=msys ;; mvs) basic_machine=i370-ibm basic_os=mvs ;; nacl) basic_machine=le32-unknown basic_os=nacl ;; ncr3000) basic_machine=i486-ncr basic_os=sysv4 ;; netbsd386) basic_machine=i386-pc basic_os=netbsd ;; netwinder) basic_machine=armv4l-rebel basic_os=linux ;; news | news700 | news800 | news900) basic_machine=m68k-sony basic_os=newsos ;; news1000) basic_machine=m68030-sony basic_os=newsos ;; necv70) basic_machine=v70-nec basic_os=sysv ;; nh3000) basic_machine=m68k-harris basic_os=cxux ;; nh[45]000) basic_machine=m88k-harris basic_os=cxux ;; nindy960) basic_machine=i960-intel basic_os=nindy ;; mon960) basic_machine=i960-intel basic_os=mon960 ;; nonstopux) basic_machine=mips-compaq basic_os=nonstopux ;; os400) basic_machine=powerpc-ibm basic_os=os400 ;; OSE68000 | ose68000) basic_machine=m68000-ericsson basic_os=ose ;; os68k) basic_machine=m68k-none basic_os=os68k ;; paragon) basic_machine=i860-intel basic_os=osf ;; parisc) basic_machine=hppa-unknown basic_os=linux ;; psp) basic_machine=mipsallegrexel-sony basic_os=psp ;; pw32) basic_machine=i586-unknown basic_os=pw32 ;; rdos | rdos64) basic_machine=x86_64-pc basic_os=rdos ;; rdos32) basic_machine=i386-pc basic_os=rdos ;; rom68k) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k basic_os=coff ;; sa29200) basic_machine=a29k-amd basic_os=udi ;; sei) basic_machine=mips-sei basic_os=seiux ;; sequent) basic_machine=i386-sequent basic_os= ;; sps7) basic_machine=m68k-bull basic_os=sysv2 ;; st2000) basic_machine=m68k-tandem basic_os= ;; stratus) basic_machine=i860-stratus basic_os=sysv4 ;; sun2) basic_machine=m68000-sun basic_os= ;; sun2os3) basic_machine=m68000-sun basic_os=sunos3 ;; sun2os4) basic_machine=m68000-sun basic_os=sunos4 ;; sun3) basic_machine=m68k-sun basic_os= ;; sun3os3) basic_machine=m68k-sun basic_os=sunos3 ;; sun3os4) basic_machine=m68k-sun basic_os=sunos4 ;; sun4) basic_machine=sparc-sun basic_os= ;; sun4os3) basic_machine=sparc-sun basic_os=sunos3 ;; sun4os4) basic_machine=sparc-sun basic_os=sunos4 ;; sun4sol2) basic_machine=sparc-sun basic_os=solaris2 ;; sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner) basic_machine=i386-sun basic_os= ;; sv1) basic_machine=sv1-cray basic_os=unicos ;; symmetry) basic_machine=i386-sequent basic_os=dynix ;; t3e) basic_machine=alphaev5-cray basic_os=unicos ;; t90) basic_machine=t90-cray basic_os=unicos ;; toad1) basic_machine=pdp10-xkl basic_os=tops20 ;; tpf) basic_machine=s390x-ibm basic_os=tpf ;; udi29k) basic_machine=a29k-amd basic_os=udi ;; ultra3) basic_machine=a29k-nyu basic_os=sym1 ;; v810 | necv810) basic_machine=v810-nec basic_os=none ;; vaxv) basic_machine=vax-dec basic_os=sysv ;; vms) basic_machine=vax-dec basic_os=vms ;; vsta) basic_machine=i386-pc basic_os=vsta ;; vxworks960) basic_machine=i960-wrs basic_os=vxworks ;; vxworks68) basic_machine=m68k-wrs basic_os=vxworks ;; vxworks29k) basic_machine=a29k-wrs basic_os=vxworks ;; xbox) basic_machine=i686-pc basic_os=mingw32 ;; ymp) basic_machine=ymp-cray basic_os=unicos ;; *) basic_machine=$1 basic_os= ;; esac ;; esac # Decode 1-component or ad-hoc basic machines case $basic_machine in # Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in # some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular. w89k) cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=winbond ;; op50n) cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=oki ;; op60c) cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=oki ;; ibm*) cpu=i370 vendor=ibm ;; orion105) cpu=clipper vendor=highlevel ;; mac | mpw | mac-mpw) cpu=m68k vendor=apple ;; pmac | pmac-mpw) cpu=powerpc vendor=apple ;; # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc) cpu=m68000 vendor=att ;; 3b*) cpu=we32k vendor=att ;; bluegene*) cpu=powerpc vendor=ibm basic_os=cnk ;; decsystem10* | dec10*) cpu=pdp10 vendor=dec basic_os=tops10 ;; decsystem20* | dec20*) cpu=pdp10 vendor=dec basic_os=tops20 ;; delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \ | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola) cpu=m68k vendor=motorola ;; dpx2*) cpu=m68k vendor=bull basic_os=sysv3 ;; encore | umax | mmax) cpu=ns32k vendor=encore ;; elxsi) cpu=elxsi vendor=elxsi basic_os=${basic_os:-bsd} ;; fx2800) cpu=i860 vendor=alliant ;; genix) cpu=ns32k vendor=ns ;; h3050r* | hiux*) cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=hitachi basic_os=hiuxwe2 ;; hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9]) cpu=hppa1.0 vendor=hp ;; hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9]) cpu=m68000 vendor=hp ;; hp9k3[2-9][0-9]) cpu=m68k vendor=hp ;; hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9]) cpu=hppa1.0 vendor=hp ;; hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9]) cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=hp ;; hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9]) # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=hp ;; hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893) # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=hp ;; hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679]) cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=hp ;; hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9]) cpu=hppa1.0 vendor=hp ;; i*86v32) cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'` vendor=pc basic_os=sysv32 ;; i*86v4*) cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'` vendor=pc basic_os=sysv4 ;; i*86v) cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'` vendor=pc basic_os=sysv ;; i*86sol2) cpu=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/86.*/86/'` vendor=pc basic_os=solaris2 ;; j90 | j90-cray) cpu=j90 vendor=cray basic_os=${basic_os:-unicos} ;; iris | iris4d) cpu=mips vendor=sgi case $basic_os in irix*) ;; *) basic_os=irix4 ;; esac ;; miniframe) cpu=m68000 vendor=convergent ;; *mint | mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*) cpu=m68k vendor=atari basic_os=mint ;; news-3600 | risc-news) cpu=mips vendor=sony basic_os=newsos ;; next | m*-next) cpu=m68k vendor=next case $basic_os in openstep*) ;; nextstep*) ;; ns2*) basic_os=nextstep2 ;; *) basic_os=nextstep3 ;; esac ;; np1) cpu=np1 vendor=gould ;; op50n-* | op60c-*) cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=oki basic_os=proelf ;; pa-hitachi) cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=hitachi basic_os=hiuxwe2 ;; pbd) cpu=sparc vendor=tti ;; pbb) cpu=m68k vendor=tti ;; pc532) cpu=ns32k vendor=pc532 ;; pn) cpu=pn vendor=gould ;; power) cpu=power vendor=ibm ;; ps2) cpu=i386 vendor=ibm ;; rm[46]00) cpu=mips vendor=siemens ;; rtpc | rtpc-*) cpu=romp vendor=ibm ;; sde) cpu=mipsisa32 vendor=sde basic_os=${basic_os:-elf} ;; simso-wrs) cpu=sparclite vendor=wrs basic_os=vxworks ;; tower | tower-32) cpu=m68k vendor=ncr ;; vpp*|vx|vx-*) cpu=f301 vendor=fujitsu ;; w65) cpu=w65 vendor=wdc ;; w89k-*) cpu=hppa1.1 vendor=winbond basic_os=proelf ;; none) cpu=none vendor=none ;; leon|leon[3-9]) cpu=sparc vendor=$basic_machine ;; leon-*|leon[3-9]-*) cpu=sparc vendor=`echo "$basic_machine" | sed 's/-.*//'` ;; *-*) # shellcheck disable=SC2162 saved_IFS=$IFS IFS="-" read cpu vendor <&2 exit 1 ;; esac ;; esac # Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers. case $vendor in digital*) vendor=dec ;; commodore*) vendor=cbm ;; *) ;; esac # Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems. if test x$basic_os != x then # First recognize some ad-hoc cases, or perhaps split kernel-os, or else just # set os. case $basic_os in gnu/linux*) kernel=linux os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|gnu|'` ;; os2-emx) kernel=os2 os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|os2-emx|emx|'` ;; nto-qnx*) kernel=nto os=`echo "$basic_os" | sed -e 's|nto-qnx|qnx|'` ;; *-*) # shellcheck disable=SC2162 saved_IFS=$IFS IFS="-" read kernel os <&2 exit 1 ;; esac # As a final step for OS-related things, validate the OS-kernel combination # (given a valid OS), if there is a kernel. case $kernel-$os in linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc* | linux-android* | linux-newlib* \ | linux-musl* | linux-relibc* | linux-uclibc* ) ;; uclinux-uclibc* ) ;; -dietlibc* | -newlib* | -musl* | -relibc* | -uclibc* ) # These are just libc implementations, not actual OSes, and thus # require a kernel. echo "Invalid configuration \`$1': libc \`$os' needs explicit kernel." 1>&2 exit 1 ;; kfreebsd*-gnu* | kopensolaris*-gnu*) ;; vxworks-simlinux | vxworks-simwindows | vxworks-spe) ;; nto-qnx*) ;; os2-emx) ;; *-eabi* | *-gnueabi*) ;; -*) # Blank kernel with real OS is always fine. ;; *-*) echo "Invalid configuration \`$1': Kernel \`$kernel' not known to work with OS \`$os'." 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac # Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the # manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer. case $vendor in unknown) case $cpu-$os in *-riscix*) vendor=acorn ;; *-sunos*) vendor=sun ;; *-cnk* | *-aix*) vendor=ibm ;; *-beos*) vendor=be ;; *-hpux*) vendor=hp ;; *-mpeix*) vendor=hp ;; *-hiux*) vendor=hitachi ;; *-unos*) vendor=crds ;; *-dgux*) vendor=dg ;; *-luna*) vendor=omron ;; *-genix*) vendor=ns ;; *-clix*) vendor=intergraph ;; *-mvs* | *-opened*) vendor=ibm ;; *-os400*) vendor=ibm ;; s390-* | s390x-*) vendor=ibm ;; *-ptx*) vendor=sequent ;; *-tpf*) vendor=ibm ;; *-vxsim* | *-vxworks* | *-windiss*) vendor=wrs ;; *-aux*) vendor=apple ;; *-hms*) vendor=hitachi ;; *-mpw* | *-macos*) vendor=apple ;; *-*mint | *-mint[0-9]* | *-*MiNT | *-MiNT[0-9]*) vendor=atari ;; *-vos*) vendor=stratus ;; esac ;; esac echo "$cpu-$vendor-${kernel:+$kernel-}$os" exit # Local variables: # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" # time-stamp-end: "'" # End: dfcgen-gtk-0.6/build/depcomp0000754000175000001440000005602014265526645013002 00000000000000#! /bin/sh # depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC # Copyright (C) 1999-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) # any later version. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the # GNU General Public License for more details. # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License # along with this program. If not, see . # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Originally written by Alexandre Oliva . case $1 in '') echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 exit 1; ;; -h | --h*) cat <<\EOF Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies as side-effects. Environment variables: depmode Dependency tracking mode. source Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'. object Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'. DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies. depfile Dependency file to output. tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies. libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no). Report bugs to . EOF exit $? ;; -v | --v*) echo "depcomp $scriptversion" exit $? ;; esac # Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the # global variables '$dir'. Note that this directory component will # be either empty or ending with a '/' character. This is deliberate. set_dir_from () { case $1 in */*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;; *) dir=;; esac } # Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the # global variable '$base'. set_base_from () { base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'` } # If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation, # we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the # Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme. make_dummy_depfile () { echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" } # Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile. # Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set. aix_post_process_depfile () { # If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file, # post-process it. if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'. # Do two passes, one to just change these to # $object: dependency.h # and one to simply output # dependency.h: # which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem. { sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" } > "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" else make_dummy_depfile fi } # A tabulation character. tab=' ' # A newline character. nl=' ' # Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale. # These definitions help. upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz digits=0123456789 alpha=${upper}${lower} if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2 exit 1 fi # Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po. depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" | sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`} tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`} rm -f "$tmpdepfile" # Avoid interferences from the environment. gccflag= dashmflag= # Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We # parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below, # to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case # here, because this file can only contain one case statement. if test "$depmode" = hp; then # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg. gccflag=-M depmode=gcc fi if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument. dashmflag=-xM depmode=dashmstdout fi cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -" if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation. # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward # slashes to satisfy depend.m4 cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g' depmode=msvisualcpp fi if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then # This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation. # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward # slashes to satisfy depend.m4 cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g' depmode=msvc7 fi if test "$depmode" = xlc; then # IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information. gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF depmode=gcc fi case "$depmode" in gcc3) ## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what ## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like ## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm. ## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon ## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they ## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here ## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this. for arg do case $arg in -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;; esac shift # fnord shift # $arg done "$@" stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile" ;; gcc) ## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsosete pre-3.x GCC compilers. ## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler. ## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above). ## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's ## why we pick this rather obscure method: ## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end ## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly. ## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.) ## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like ## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). Also, it might not be ## supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode. ## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse ## than renaming). if test -z "$gccflag"; then gccflag=-MD, fi "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile" stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" # The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive # letters. sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \ -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" ## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem. ## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file ## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is ## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding ## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do ## this for us directly. ## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'. On the theory ## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as ## well. hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH ## to the object. Take care to not repeat it in the output. ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation ## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; hp) # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, # since it is checked for above. exit 1 ;; sgi) if test "$libtool" = yes; then "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile" else "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile" fi stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" # Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines; # the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the # dependency line. tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' \ | tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile" echo >> "$depfile" # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file. tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \ >> "$depfile" else make_dummy_depfile fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; xlc) # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, # since it is checked for above. exit 1 ;; aix) # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information. # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases. set_dir_from "$object" set_base_from "$object" if test "$libtool" = yes; then tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u tmpdepfile2=$base.u tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u "$@" -Wc,-M else tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u "$@" -M fi stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" exit $stat fi for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" do test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break done aix_post_process_depfile ;; tcc) # tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26 # FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing. # Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released # versions. # It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a # trailing '\', as in: # # foo.o : \ # foo.c \ # foo.h \ # # It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading # spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7 # "Emit spaces for -MD"). "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile" stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" # Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'. # We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'. sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:' # dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem. sed -n -e 's|^ *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; ## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the ## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order ## listed in this file. A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many ## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options. pgcc) # Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'. # Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the # source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory. # The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file. # pgcc 10.2 will output # foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h # and will wrap long lines using '\' : # foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \ # sub/foo.h ... \ # ... set_dir_from "$object" # Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since # that's sadly what pgcc will do too. set_base_from "$source" tmpdepfile=$base.d # For projects that build the same source file twice into different object # files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause # problems in parallel builds. Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on # the same $tmpdepfile. lockdir=$base.d-lock trap " echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2 rmdir '$lockdir' exit 1 " 1 2 13 15 numtries=100 i=$numtries while test $i -gt 0; do # mkdir is a portable test-and-set. if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then # This process acquired the lock. "$@" -MD stat=$? # Release the lock. rmdir "$lockdir" break else # If the lock is being held by a different process, wait # until the winning process is done or we timeout. while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do sleep 1 i=`expr $i - 1` done fi i=`expr $i - 1` done trap - 1 2 13 15 if test $i -le 0; then echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2 echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2 exit 1 fi if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h', # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'. # Do two passes, one to just change these to # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; hp2) # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64 # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that # happens to be. # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there. set_dir_from "$object" set_base_from "$object" if test "$libtool" = yes; then tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d "$@" -Wc,+Maked else tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d "$@" +Maked fi stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" exit $stat fi for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" do test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break done if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # Add 'dependent.h:' lines. sed -ne '2,${ s/^ *// s/ \\*$// s/$/:/ p }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" else make_dummy_depfile fi rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2" ;; tru64) # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side # effect. 'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'. # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put # dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too. # Subdirectories are respected. set_dir_from "$object" set_base_from "$object" if test "$libtool" = yes; then # Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These # two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic. tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # Likewise. tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504 "$@" -Wc,-MD else tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d "$@" -MD fi stat=$? if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" exit $stat fi for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" do test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break done # Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode. aix_post_process_depfile ;; msvc7) if test "$libtool" = yes; then showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes else showIncludes=-showIncludes fi "$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile" stat=$? grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile" if test $stat -ne 0; then rm -f "$tmpdepfile" exit $stat fi rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" # The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes # backslashes for cygpath. The second sed program outputs the file # name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the # hold buffer in order to output them again at the end. This only # works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers. sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n ' /^Note: including file: *\(.*\)/ { s//\1/ s/\\/\\\\/g p }' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n ' s/ /\\ /g s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/ H $ { s/.*/'"$tab"'/ G p }' >> "$depfile" echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; msvc7msys) # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, # since it is checked for above. exit 1 ;; #nosideeffect) # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones. dashmstdout) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # Remove '-o $object'. IFS=" " for arg do case $arg in -o) shift ;; $object) shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift # fnord shift # $arg ;; esac done test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M # Require at least two characters before searching for ':' # in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames: # a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise. "$@" $dashmflag | sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \ | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; dashXmstdout) # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble. exit 1 ;; makedepend) "$@" || exit $? # Remove any Libtool call if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # X makedepend shift cleared=no eat=no for arg do case $cleared in no) set ""; shift cleared=yes ;; esac if test $eat = yes; then eat=no continue fi case "$arg" in -D*|-I*) set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file. -arch) eat=yes ;; -*|$object) ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; esac done obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'` touch "$tmpdepfile" ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@" rm -f "$depfile" # makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object. # No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless. sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \ | tr ' ' "$nl" \ | sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \ | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak ;; cpp) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi # Remove '-o $object'. IFS=" " for arg do case $arg in -o) shift ;; $object) shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift # fnord shift # $arg ;; esac done "$@" -E \ | sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \ -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \ | sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; msvisualcpp) # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. "$@" || exit $? # Remove the call to Libtool. if test "$libtool" = yes; then while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do shift done shift fi IFS=" " for arg do case "$arg" in -o) shift ;; $object) shift ;; "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI") set fnord "$@" shift shift ;; *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" shift shift ;; esac done "$@" -E 2>/dev/null | sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile" rm -f "$depfile" echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile" echo "$tab" >> "$depfile" sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile" rm -f "$tmpdepfile" ;; msvcmsys) # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, # since it is checked for above. exit 1 ;; none) exec "$@" ;; *) echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2 exit 1 ;; esac exit 0 # Local Variables: # mode: shell-script # sh-indentation: 2 # eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp) # time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" # time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" # time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0" # time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" # End: dfcgen-gtk-0.6/m4/0000755000175000001440000000000014270306435010711 500000000000000dfcgen-gtk-0.6/m4/lib-prefix.m40000644000175000001440000002042214162664014013134 00000000000000# lib-prefix.m4 serial 7 (gettext-0.18) dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2005, 2008-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl From Bruno Haible. dnl AC_LIB_ARG_WITH is synonymous to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf-2.13, and dnl similar to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf 2.52...2.57 except that is doesn't dnl require excessive bracketing. ifdef([AC_HELP_STRING], [AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[[$2]],[$3],[$4])])], [AC_DEFUN([AC_][LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[$2],[$3],[$4])])]) dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed dnl with the same --prefix option. dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX], [ AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir. use_additional=yes AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" ]) AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix], [ --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib --without-lib-prefix don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir], [ if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then use_additional=no else if test "X$withval" = "X"; then AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" ]) else additional_includedir="$withval/include" additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem" fi fi ]) if test $use_additional = yes; then dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS. dnl But don't add it dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include, dnl 2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS, dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux, dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then haveit= for x in $CPPFLAGS; do AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then if test -n "$GCC"; then case $host_os in linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;; esac fi fi if test -z "$haveit"; then if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS. CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir" fi fi fi fi dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS. dnl But don't add it dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib, dnl 2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS, dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux, dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then haveit= for x in $LDFLAGS; do AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem"; then if test -n "$GCC"; then case $host_os in linux*) haveit=yes;; esac fi fi if test -z "$haveit"; then if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS. LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir" fi fi fi fi fi ]) dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix, dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX], [ dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined dnl at the end of configure. if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix" else acl_final_prefix="$prefix" fi if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}' else acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" fi acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" ]) dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have dnl at the end of the configure script. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX], [ acl_save_prefix="$prefix" prefix="$acl_final_prefix" acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix" exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix" $1 exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix" prefix="$acl_save_prefix" ]) dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB creates dnl - a variable acl_libdirstem, containing the basename of the libdir, either dnl "lib" or "lib64" or "lib/64", dnl - a variable acl_libdirstem2, as a secondary possible value for dnl acl_libdirstem, either the same as acl_libdirstem or "lib/sparcv9" or dnl "lib/amd64". AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB], [ dnl There is no formal standard regarding lib and lib64. dnl On glibc systems, the current practice is that on a system supporting dnl 32-bit and 64-bit instruction sets or ABIs, 64-bit libraries go under dnl $prefix/lib64 and 32-bit libraries go under $prefix/lib. We determine dnl the compiler's default mode by looking at the compiler's library search dnl path. If at least one of its elements ends in /lib64 or points to a dnl directory whose absolute pathname ends in /lib64, we assume a 64-bit ABI. dnl Otherwise we use the default, namely "lib". dnl On Solaris systems, the current practice is that on a system supporting dnl 32-bit and 64-bit instruction sets or ABIs, 64-bit libraries go under dnl $prefix/lib/64 (which is a symlink to either $prefix/lib/sparcv9 or dnl $prefix/lib/amd64) and 32-bit libraries go under $prefix/lib. AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) acl_libdirstem=lib acl_libdirstem2= case "$host_os" in solaris*) dnl See Solaris 10 Software Developer Collection > Solaris 64-bit Developer's Guide > The Development Environment dnl . dnl "Portable Makefiles should refer to any library directories using the 64 symbolic link." dnl But we want to recognize the sparcv9 or amd64 subdirectory also if the dnl symlink is missing, so we set acl_libdirstem2 too. AC_CACHE_CHECK([for 64-bit host], [gl_cv_solaris_64bit], [AC_EGREP_CPP([sixtyfour bits], [ #ifdef _LP64 sixtyfour bits #endif ], [gl_cv_solaris_64bit=yes], [gl_cv_solaris_64bit=no]) ]) if test $gl_cv_solaris_64bit = yes; then acl_libdirstem=lib/64 case "$host_cpu" in sparc*) acl_libdirstem2=lib/sparcv9 ;; i*86 | x86_64) acl_libdirstem2=lib/amd64 ;; esac fi ;; *) searchpath=`(LC_ALL=C $CC -print-search-dirs) 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e 's,^libraries: ,,p' | sed -e 's,^=,,'` if test -n "$searchpath"; then acl_save_IFS="${IFS= }"; IFS=":" for searchdir in $searchpath; do if test -d "$searchdir"; then case "$searchdir" in */lib64/ | */lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;; */../ | */.. ) # Better ignore directories of this form. They are misleading. ;; *) searchdir=`cd "$searchdir" && pwd` case "$searchdir" in */lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;; esac ;; esac fi done IFS="$acl_save_IFS" fi ;; esac test -n "$acl_libdirstem2" || acl_libdirstem2="$acl_libdirstem" ]) dfcgen-gtk-0.6/m4/gettext.m40000644000175000001440000003575714162664014012600 00000000000000# gettext.m4 serial 67 (gettext-0.19.6) dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl dnl This file can be used in projects which are not available under dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext dnl functionality. dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU dnl gettext package is covered by the GNU General Public License. dnl They are *not* in the public domain. dnl Authors: dnl Ulrich Drepper , 1995-2000. dnl Bruno Haible , 2000-2006, 2008-2010. dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext. dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]). dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The dnl default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'. dnl INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory, dnl and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory. dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static, dnl depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of dnl AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created. dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext dnl implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function dnl will be ignored. If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is dnl 'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't dnl support the ISO C 99 formatstring macros will be ignored. dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty, dnl the value '$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used. dnl dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases: dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled dnl and used. dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir) dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library. dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir) dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid. dnl Catalog format: none dnl Catalog extension: none dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur. dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext), dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the dnl maintainers. dnl AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT], [ dnl Argument checking. ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], , [errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT ])])])])]) ifelse(ifelse([$1], [], [old])[]ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], [old]), [old], [AC_DIAGNOSE([obsolete], [Use of AM_GNU_GETTEXT without [external] argument is deprecated.])]) ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], , [errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT ])])])]) define([gt_included_intl], ifelse([$1], [external], ifdef([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_][INTL_SUBDIR], [yes], [no]), [yes])) define([gt_libtool_suffix_prefix], ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], [])) gt_NEEDS_INIT AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED([$2]) AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl ]) dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY. AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv. dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the dnl if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then dnl if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" != "yes"; }; then dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions: dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'. dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE. dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not dnl documented, we avoid it. ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [ AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY]) ]) dnl Sometimes, on Mac OS X, libintl requires linking with CoreFoundation. gt_INTL_MACOSX dnl Set USE_NLS. AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS]) ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no ]) LIBINTL= LTLIBINTL= POSUB= dnl Add a version number to the cache macros. case " $gt_needs " in *" need-formatstring-macros "*) gt_api_version=3 ;; *" need-ngettext "*) gt_api_version=2 ;; *) gt_api_version=1 ;; esac gt_func_gnugettext_libc="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libc" gt_func_gnugettext_libintl="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libintl" dnl If we use NLS figure out what method if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested]) AC_ARG_WITH([included-gettext], [ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here], nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval, nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no) AC_MSG_RESULT([$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext]) nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then ]) dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what dnl to use. If GNU gettext is available we use this. Else we have dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library. if test $gt_api_version -ge 3; then gt_revision_test_code=' #ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION #define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1) #endif changequote(,)dnl typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1]; changequote([,])dnl ' else gt_revision_test_code= fi if test $gt_api_version -ge 2; then gt_expression_test_code=' + * ngettext ("", "", 0)' else gt_expression_test_code= fi AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], [$gt_func_gnugettext_libc], [AC_LINK_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_PROGRAM( [[ #include $gt_revision_test_code extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; extern int *_nl_domain_bindings; ]], [[ bindtextdomain ("", ""); return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings ]])], [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=yes"], [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=no"])]) if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" != "yes"; }; then dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv. ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [ AM_ICONV_LINK ]) dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv]) dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist. AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl], [$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl], [gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL" gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL" dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv. AC_LINK_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_PROGRAM( [[ #include $gt_revision_test_code extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; extern #ifdef __cplusplus "C" #endif const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *); ]], [[ bindtextdomain ("", ""); return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("") ]])], [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes"], [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=no"]) dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv. if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" != yes; } && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV" AC_LINK_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_PROGRAM( [[ #include $gt_revision_test_code extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; extern #ifdef __cplusplus "C" #endif const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *); ]], [[ bindtextdomain ("", ""); return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("") ]])], [LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV" LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV" eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes" ]) fi CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS" LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"]) fi dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found, dnl use it. But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this dnl libintl. (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.) if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \ || { { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \ && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-runtime \ && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-tools; }; then gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes else dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl. LIBINTL= LTLIBINTL= INCINTL= fi ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library. dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library. nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes fi fi if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library. BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV $LIBTHREAD" LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV $LTLIBTHREAD" LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'` fi CATOBJEXT= if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools. CATOBJEXT=.gmo fi ]) if test -n "$INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"; then if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then dnl Some extra flags are needed during linking. LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS" LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS" fi fi if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \ || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_NLS], [1], [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language is requested.]) else USE_NLS=no fi fi AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use NLS]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_NLS]) if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([where the gettext function comes from]) if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then gt_source="external libintl" else gt_source="libc" fi else gt_source="included intl directory" fi AC_MSG_RESULT([$gt_source]) fi if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL]) AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL]) fi dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this. AC_DEFINE([HAVE_GETTEXT], [1], [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.]) AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DCGETTEXT], [1], [Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.]) fi dnl We need to process the po/ directory. POSUB=po fi ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [ dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it. if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-runtime || test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-tools; then BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes fi dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf. AC_SUBST([BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL]) AC_SUBST([USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL]) AC_SUBST([CATOBJEXT]) dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this. nls_cv_header_intl= nls_cv_header_libgt= dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. DATADIRNAME=share AC_SUBST([DATADIRNAME]) dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. INSTOBJEXT=.mo AC_SUBST([INSTOBJEXT]) dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. GENCAT=gencat AC_SUBST([GENCAT]) dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. INTLOBJS= if test "$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL" = yes; then INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)" fi AC_SUBST([INTLOBJS]) dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it. INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix AC_SUBST([INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX]) ]) dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this. INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL" AC_SUBST([INTLLIBS]) dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf. AC_SUBST([LIBINTL]) AC_SUBST([LTLIBINTL]) AC_SUBST([POSUB]) ]) dnl gt_NEEDS_INIT ensures that the gt_needs variable is initialized. m4_define([gt_NEEDS_INIT], [ m4_divert_text([DEFAULTS], [gt_needs=]) m4_define([gt_NEEDS_INIT], []) ]) dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED([NEEDSYMBOL]) AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED], [ m4_divert_text([INIT_PREPARE], [gt_needs="$gt_needs $1"]) ]) dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version]) AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], []) dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_REQUIRE_VERSION([gettext-version]) AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_REQUIRE_VERSION], []) dfcgen-gtk-0.6/m4/lib-ld.m40000644000175000001440000000714314162664014012243 00000000000000# lib-ld.m4 serial 6 dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003, 2009-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4, dnl with replacements s/_*LT_PATH/AC_LIB_PROG/ and s/lt_/acl_/ to avoid dnl collision with libtool.m4. dnl From libtool-2.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU], [AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], [acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld], [# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU lds only accept -v. case `$LD -v 2>&1 /dev/null 2>&1 \ && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 \ || PATH_SEPARATOR=';' } fi ac_prog=ld if test "$GCC" = yes; then # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path. AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by $CC]) case $host in *-*-mingw*) # gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;; *) ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;; esac case $ac_prog in # Accept absolute paths. [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) re_direlt='/[[^/]][[^/]]*/\.\./' # Canonicalize the pathname of ld ac_prog=`echo "$ac_prog"| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'` while echo "$ac_prog" | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"` done test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog" ;; "") # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC. ac_prog=ld ;; *) # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH. with_gnu_ld=unknown ;; esac elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld]) else AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld]) fi AC_CACHE_VAL([acl_cv_path_LD], [if test -z "$LD"; then acl_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for ac_dir in $PATH; do IFS="$acl_save_ifs" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog" # Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version, # but apparently some variants of GNU ld only accept -v. # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer. case `"$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 , 1995-2000. dnl Bruno Haible , 2000-2003. AC_PREREQ([2.60]) dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory. AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS], [ AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_SED])dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])dnl dnl Release version of the gettext macros. This is used to ensure that dnl the gettext macros and po/Makefile.in.in are in sync. AC_SUBST([GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION], [0.19]) dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given, dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work. dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH. dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions. dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt. AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt, [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 && (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)], :) AC_PATH_PROG([GMSGFMT], [gmsgfmt], [$MSGFMT]) dnl Test whether it is GNU msgfmt >= 0.15. changequote(,)dnl case `$MSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) MSGFMT_015=: ;; *) MSGFMT_015=$MSGFMT ;; esac changequote([,])dnl AC_SUBST([MSGFMT_015]) changequote(,)dnl case `$GMSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) GMSGFMT_015=: ;; *) GMSGFMT_015=$GMSGFMT ;; esac changequote([,])dnl AC_SUBST([GMSGFMT_015]) dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.12 or newer in the PATH. dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions. dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext. AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext, [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 && (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)], :) dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call. rm -f messages.po dnl Test whether it is GNU xgettext >= 0.15. changequote(,)dnl case `$XGETTEXT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) XGETTEXT_015=: ;; *) XGETTEXT_015=$XGETTEXT ;; esac changequote([,])dnl AC_SUBST([XGETTEXT_015]) dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH. AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge, [$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1], :) dnl Installation directories. dnl Autoconf >= 2.60 defines localedir. For older versions of autoconf, we dnl have to define it here, so that it can be used in po/Makefile. test -n "$localedir" || localedir='${datadir}/locale' AC_SUBST([localedir]) dnl Support for AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION. test -n "${XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS+set}" || XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS= AC_SUBST([XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS]) AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([po-directories], [[ for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]" case "$ac_file" in *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; esac # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in. case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in) # Adjust a relative srcdir. ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'` ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir. # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir. test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir" case "$ac_given_srcdir" in .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;; /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; esac # Treat a directory as a PO directory if and only if it has a # POTFILES.in file. This allows packages to have multiple PO # directories under different names or in different locations. if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES" test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" gt_tab=`printf '\t'` cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ ${gt_tab}]*\$/d" -e "s,.*, $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES" POMAKEFILEDEPS="POTFILES.in" # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES depend # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration # parameters. if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages. if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" fi ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" -e "s/#.*//" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"` # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assignment from automake < 1.5. eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_' POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS" else # The set of available languages was given in configure.in. # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assignment from automake < 1.5. eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS' fi # Compute POFILES # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po) # Compute UPDATEPOFILES # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update) # Compute DUMMYPOFILES # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop) # Compute GMOFILES # as $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo) case "$ac_given_srcdir" in .) srcdirpre= ;; *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;; esac POFILES= UPDATEPOFILES= DUMMYPOFILES= GMOFILES= for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po" UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update" DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop" GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo" done # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS # environment variable. INST_LINGUAS= if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do useit=no if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS" else desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS" fi for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is # a. equal to presentlang, or # b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case, # presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages # which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog). case "$desiredlang" in "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;; esac done if test $useit = yes; then INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang" fi done fi CATALOGS= if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo" done fi test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile" sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@POMAKEFILEDEPS@|$POMAKEFILEDEPS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile" for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do if test -f "$f"; then case "$f" in *.orig | *.bak | *~) ;; *) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;; esac fi done fi ;; esac done]], [# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute # POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it # from automake < 1.5. eval 'OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"' # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS. LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}" ]) ]) dnl Postprocesses a Makefile in a directory containing PO files. AC_DEFUN([AM_POSTPROCESS_PO_MAKEFILE], [ # When this code is run, in config.status, two variables have already been # set: # - OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS is the value of LINGUAS set in configure.in, # - LINGUAS is the value of the environment variable LINGUAS at configure # time. changequote(,)dnl # Adjust a relative srcdir. ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` ac_dir_suffix=/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'` ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir. # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir. test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir" case "$ac_given_srcdir" in .) top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;; /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; *) top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; esac # Find a way to echo strings without interpreting backslash. if test "X`(echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then gt_echo='echo' else if test "X`(printf '%s\n' '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then gt_echo='printf %s\n' else echo_func () { cat < "$ac_file.tmp" tab=`printf '\t'` if grep -l '@TCLCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule. for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'` cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" < /dev/null; then # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule. for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'` cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <> "$ac_file.tmp" <, 1996. AC_PREREQ([2.50]) # Search path for a program which passes the given test. dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR, dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]]) AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST], [ # Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR. # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then # Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which # contains only /bin. Note that ksh looks also at the FPATH variable, # so we have to set that as well for the test. PATH_SEPARATOR=: (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 \ && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 \ || PATH_SEPARATOR=';' } fi # Find out how to test for executable files. Don't use a zero-byte file, # as systems may use methods other than mode bits to determine executability. cat >conf$$.file <<_ASEOF #! /bin/sh exit 0 _ASEOF chmod +x conf$$.file if test -x conf$$.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then ac_executable_p="test -x" else ac_executable_p="test -f" fi rm -f conf$$.file # Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word]) AC_CACHE_VAL([ac_cv_path_$1], [case "[$]$1" in [[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path. ;; *) ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do IFS="$ac_save_IFS" test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if $ac_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then echo "$as_me: trying $ac_dir/$ac_word..." >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD if [$3]; then ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" break 2 fi fi done done IFS="$ac_save_IFS" dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset, dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking. ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4" ])dnl ;; esac])dnl $1="$ac_cv_path_$1" if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then AC_MSG_RESULT([$][$1]) else AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) fi AC_SUBST([$1])dnl ]) dfcgen-gtk-0.6/m4/nls.m40000644000175000001440000000230114162664014011663 00000000000000# nls.m4 serial 5 (gettext-0.18) dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003, 2005-2006, 2008-2014 Free Software Foundation, dnl Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl dnl This file can be used in projects which are not available under dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext dnl functionality. dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU dnl gettext package is covered by the GNU General Public License. dnl They are *not* in the public domain. dnl Authors: dnl Ulrich Drepper , 1995-2000. dnl Bruno Haible , 2000-2003. AC_PREREQ([2.50]) AC_DEFUN([AM_NLS], [ AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested]) dnl Default is enabled NLS AC_ARG_ENABLE([nls], [ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support], USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes) AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_NLS]) AC_SUBST([USE_NLS]) ]) dfcgen-gtk-0.6/m4/lib-link.m40000644000175000001440000010044314162664014012576 00000000000000# lib-link.m4 serial 26 (gettext-0.18.2) dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl From Bruno Haible. AC_PREREQ([2.54]) dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies. dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable. dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME}_PREFIX variable to nonempty if libname dnl was found in ${LIB${NAME}_PREFIX}/$acl_libdirstem. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS], [ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) pushdef([Name],[m4_translit([$1],[./+-], [____])]) pushdef([NAME],[m4_translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./+-], [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ____])]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [ AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2]) ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME" ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME" ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME" ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_prefix="$LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX" ]) LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs" LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs" INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags" LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_prefix" AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME) AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME) AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME) AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME[_PREFIX]) dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency. HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes popdef([NAME]) popdef([Name]) ]) dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode, [missing-message]) dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. The missing-message dnl defaults to 'no' and may contain additional hints for the user. dnl If found, it sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} dnl and LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty. dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME}_PREFIX variable to nonempty if libname dnl was found in ${LIB${NAME}_PREFIX}/$acl_libdirstem. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS], [ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) pushdef([Name],[m4_translit([$1],[./+-], [____])]) pushdef([NAME],[m4_translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./+-], [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ____])]) dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME dnl accordingly. AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2]) dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks, dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it. ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME) AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [ ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" dnl If $LIB[]NAME contains some -l options, add it to the end of LIBS, dnl because these -l options might require -L options that are present in dnl LIBS. -l options benefit only from the -L options listed before it. dnl Otherwise, add it to the front of LIBS, because it may be a static dnl library that depends on another static library that is present in LIBS. dnl Static libraries benefit only from the static libraries listed after dnl it. case " $LIB[]NAME" in *" -l"*) LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME" ;; *) LIBS="$LIB[]NAME $LIBS" ;; esac AC_LINK_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[$3]], [[$4]])], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name='m4_if([$5], [], [no], [[$5]])']) LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" ]) if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the lib][$1 library.]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME]) else HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need dnl $INC[]NAME either. CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS" LIB[]NAME= LTLIB[]NAME= LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX= fi AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME) AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME) AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME) AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME[_PREFIX]) popdef([NAME]) popdef([Name]) ]) dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath: dnl acl_libext, dnl acl_shlibext, dnl acl_libname_spec, dnl acl_library_names_spec, dnl acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, dnl acl_hardcode_libdir_separator, dnl acl_hardcode_direct, dnl acl_hardcode_minus_L. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH], [ dnl Tell automake >= 1.10 to complain if config.rpath is missing. m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([config.rpath])]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD]) dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl we use $host AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], [acl_cv_rpath], [ CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \ ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh . ./conftest.sh rm -f ./conftest.sh acl_cv_rpath=done ]) wl="$acl_cv_wl" acl_libext="$acl_cv_libext" acl_shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext" acl_libname_spec="$acl_cv_libname_spec" acl_library_names_spec="$acl_cv_library_names_spec" acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" acl_hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator" acl_hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct" acl_hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L" dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all. AC_ARG_ENABLE([rpath], [ --disable-rpath do not hardcode runtime library paths], :, enable_rpath=yes) ]) dnl AC_LIB_FROMPACKAGE(name, package) dnl declares that libname comes from the given package. The configure file dnl will then not have a --with-libname-prefix option but a dnl --with-package-prefix option. Several libraries can come from the same dnl package. This declaration must occur before an AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS or similar dnl macro call that searches for libname. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_FROMPACKAGE], [ pushdef([NAME],[m4_translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./+-], [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ____])]) define([acl_frompackage_]NAME, [$2]) popdef([NAME]) pushdef([PACK],[$2]) pushdef([PACKUP],[m4_translit(PACK,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./+-], [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ____])]) define([acl_libsinpackage_]PACKUP, m4_ifdef([acl_libsinpackage_]PACKUP, [m4_defn([acl_libsinpackage_]PACKUP)[, ]],)[lib$1]) popdef([PACKUP]) popdef([PACK]) ]) dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies. dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables. dnl Also, sets the LIB${NAME}_PREFIX variable to nonempty if libname was found dnl in ${LIB${NAME}_PREFIX}/$acl_libdirstem. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY], [ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB]) pushdef([NAME],[m4_translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./+-], [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ____])]) pushdef([PACK],[m4_ifdef([acl_frompackage_]NAME, [acl_frompackage_]NAME, lib[$1])]) pushdef([PACKUP],[m4_translit(PACK,[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./+-], [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ____])]) pushdef([PACKLIBS],[m4_ifdef([acl_frompackage_]NAME, [acl_libsinpackage_]PACKUP, lib[$1])]) dnl Autoconf >= 2.61 supports dots in --with options. pushdef([P_A_C_K],[m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION]),[2.61]),[-1],[m4_translit(PACK,[.],[_])],PACK)]) dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir. use_additional=yes AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" ]) AC_ARG_WITH(P_A_C_K[-prefix], [[ --with-]]P_A_C_K[[-prefix[=DIR] search for ]PACKLIBS[ in DIR/include and DIR/lib --without-]]P_A_C_K[[-prefix don't search for ]PACKLIBS[ in includedir and libdir]], [ if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then use_additional=no else if test "X$withval" = "X"; then AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([ eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\" eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\" ]) else additional_includedir="$withval/include" additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem" if test "$acl_libdirstem2" != "$acl_libdirstem" \ && ! test -d "$withval/$acl_libdirstem"; then additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem2" fi fi fi ]) dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach. LIB[]NAME= LTLIB[]NAME= INC[]NAME= LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX= dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME} is an indicator that LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} have been dnl computed. So it has to be reset here. HAVE_LIB[]NAME= rpathdirs= ltrpathdirs= names_already_handled= names_next_round='$1 $2' while test -n "$names_next_round"; do names_this_round="$names_next_round" names_next_round= for name in $names_this_round; do already_handled= for n in $names_already_handled; do if test "$n" = "$name"; then already_handled=yes break fi done if test -z "$already_handled"; then names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name" dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call. uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./+-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ____|'` eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\" if test -n "$value"; then if test "$value" = yes; then eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\" test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value" eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\" test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value" else dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it. : fi else dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME. found_dir= found_la= found_so= found_a= eval libname=\"$acl_libname_spec\" # typically: libname=lib$name if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then shrext=".$acl_shlibext" # typically: shrext=.so else shrext= fi if test $use_additional = yes; then dir="$additional_libdir" dnl The same code as in the loop below: dnl First look for a shared library. if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext" else if test "$acl_library_names_spec" = '$libname$shrext$versuffix'; then ver=`(cd "$dir" && \ for f in "$libname$shrext".*; do echo "$f"; done \ | sed -e "s,^$libname$shrext\\\\.,," \ | sort -t '.' -n -r -k1,1 -k2,2 -k3,3 -k4,4 -k5,5 \ | sed 1q ) 2>/dev/null` if test -n "$ver" && test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver" fi else eval library_names=\"$acl_library_names_spec\" for f in $library_names; do if test -f "$dir/$f"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$f" break fi done fi fi fi dnl Then look for a static library. if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"; then found_dir="$dir" found_a="$dir/$libname.$acl_libext" fi fi if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname.la"; then found_la="$dir/$libname.la" fi fi fi if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) case "$x" in -L*) dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'` dnl First look for a shared library. if test -n "$acl_shlibext"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext" else if test "$acl_library_names_spec" = '$libname$shrext$versuffix'; then ver=`(cd "$dir" && \ for f in "$libname$shrext".*; do echo "$f"; done \ | sed -e "s,^$libname$shrext\\\\.,," \ | sort -t '.' -n -r -k1,1 -k2,2 -k3,3 -k4,4 -k5,5 \ | sed 1q ) 2>/dev/null` if test -n "$ver" && test -f "$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$libname$shrext.$ver" fi else eval library_names=\"$acl_library_names_spec\" for f in $library_names; do if test -f "$dir/$f"; then found_dir="$dir" found_so="$dir/$f" break fi done fi fi fi dnl Then look for a static library. if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname.$acl_libext"; then found_dir="$dir" found_a="$dir/$libname.$acl_libext" fi fi if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then if test -f "$dir/$libname.la"; then found_la="$dir/$libname.la" fi fi ;; esac if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then break fi done fi if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then dnl Found the library. LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name" if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the dnl standard /usr/lib. if test "$enable_rpath" = no \ || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem" \ || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem2"; then dnl No hardcoding is needed. LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" else dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting dnl binary. dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs. dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end. haveit= for x in $ltrpathdirs; do if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir" fi dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent. if test "$acl_hardcode_direct" = yes; then dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the dnl resulting binary. LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" else if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$acl_hardcode_minus_L" = no; then dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting dnl binary. LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs. dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end. haveit= for x in $rpathdirs; do if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir" fi else dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir". dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME haveit= for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir" fi if test "$acl_hardcode_minus_L" != no; then dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so" dnl here. LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so" else dnl We cannot use $acl_hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only dnl very old systems. dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so" dnl here. LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name" fi fi fi fi else if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then dnl Linking with a static library. LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a" else dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a dnl fallback. LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name" fi fi dnl Assume the include files are nearby. additional_includedir= case "$found_dir" in */$acl_libdirstem | */$acl_libdirstem/) basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e "s,/$acl_libdirstem/"'*$,,'` if test "$name" = '$1'; then LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX="$basedir" fi additional_includedir="$basedir/include" ;; */$acl_libdirstem2 | */$acl_libdirstem2/) basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e "s,/$acl_libdirstem2/"'*$,,'` if test "$name" = '$1'; then LIB[]NAME[]_PREFIX="$basedir" fi additional_includedir="$basedir/include" ;; esac if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME. dnl But don't add it dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include, dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux, dnl 3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already dnl constructed $INCNAME, dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then haveit= if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then if test -n "$GCC"; then case $host_os in linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;; esac fi fi if test -z "$haveit"; then for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME. INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir" fi fi fi fi fi dnl Look for dependencies. if test -n "$found_la"; then dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current, dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir. save_libdir="$libdir" case "$found_la" in */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;; *) . "./$found_la" ;; esac libdir="$save_libdir" dnl We use only dependency_libs. for dep in $dependency_libs; do case "$dep" in -L*) additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'` dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME. dnl But don't add it dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib, dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux, dnl 3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already dnl constructed $LIBNAME, dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory. if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem" \ && test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem2"; then haveit= if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem" \ || test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem2"; then if test -n "$GCC"; then case $host_os in linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;; esac fi fi if test -z "$haveit"; then haveit= for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME. LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir" fi fi haveit= for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME. LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir" fi fi fi fi ;; -R*) dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'` if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs. dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end. haveit= for x in $rpathdirs; do if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir" fi dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs. dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end. haveit= for x in $ltrpathdirs; do if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir" fi fi ;; -l*) dnl Handle this in the next round. names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'` ;; *.la) dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L dnl option. names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'` ;; *) dnl Most likely an immediate library name. LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep" LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep" ;; esac done fi else dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.) LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name" LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name" fi fi fi done done if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator"; then dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used. alldirs= for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir" done dnl Note: acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl. acl_save_libdir="$libdir" libdir="$alldirs" eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" libdir="$acl_save_libdir" LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag" else dnl The -rpath options are cumulative. for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do acl_save_libdir="$libdir" libdir="$found_dir" eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" libdir="$acl_save_libdir" LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag" done fi fi if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative. for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir" done fi popdef([P_A_C_K]) popdef([PACKLIBS]) popdef([PACKUP]) popdef([PACK]) popdef([NAME]) ]) dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR, dnl unless already present in VAR. dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR], [ for element in [$2]; do haveit= for x in $[$1]; do AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"]) if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then haveit=yes break fi done if test -z "$haveit"; then [$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element" fi done ]) dnl For those cases where a variable contains several -L and -l options dnl referring to unknown libraries and directories, this macro determines the dnl necessary additional linker options for the runtime path. dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS([LDADDVAR], [LIBSVALUE], [USE-LIBTOOL]) dnl sets LDADDVAR to linker options needed together with LIBSVALUE. dnl If USE-LIBTOOL evaluates to non-empty, linking with libtool is assumed, dnl otherwise linking without libtool is assumed. AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS], [ AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB]) $1= if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$acl_hardcode_minus_L" = no; then dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode directories into the resulting dnl binary. rpathdirs= next= for opt in $2; do if test -n "$next"; then dir="$next" dnl No need to hardcode the standard /usr/lib. if test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem" \ && test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem2"; then rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir" fi next= else case $opt in -L) next=yes ;; -L*) dir=`echo "X$opt" | sed -e 's,^X-L,,'` dnl No need to hardcode the standard /usr/lib. if test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem" \ && test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem2"; then rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir" fi next= ;; *) next= ;; esac fi done if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then if test -n ""$3""; then dnl libtool is used for linking. Use -R options. for dir in $rpathdirs; do $1="${$1}${$1:+ }-R$dir" done else dnl The linker is used for linking directly. if test -n "$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator"; then dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user dnl must pass all path elements in one option. alldirs= for dir in $rpathdirs; do alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$acl_hardcode_libdir_separator}$dir" done acl_save_libdir="$libdir" libdir="$alldirs" eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" libdir="$acl_save_libdir" $1="$flag" else dnl The -rpath options are cumulative. for dir in $rpathdirs; do acl_save_libdir="$libdir" libdir="$dir" eval flag=\"$acl_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" libdir="$acl_save_libdir" $1="${$1}${$1:+ }$flag" done fi fi fi fi fi AC_SUBST([$1]) ]) dfcgen-gtk-0.6/m4/iconv.m40000644000175000001440000002206414162664014012215 00000000000000# iconv.m4 serial 19 (gettext-0.18.2) dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002, 2007-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl From Bruno Haible. AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY], [ dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY. AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX]) AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH]) dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV dnl accordingly. AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([iconv]) ]) AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK], [ dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed). AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl for cross-compiles dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV dnl accordingly. AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY]) dnl Add $INCICONV to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks, dnl because if the user has installed libiconv and not disabled its use dnl via --without-libiconv-prefix, he wants to use it. The first dnl AC_LINK_IFELSE will then fail, the second AC_LINK_IFELSE will succeed. am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV]) AC_CACHE_CHECK([for iconv], [am_cv_func_iconv], [ am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv" am_cv_lib_iconv=no AC_LINK_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_PROGRAM( [[ #include #include ]], [[iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); iconv_close(cd);]])], [am_cv_func_iconv=yes]) if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then am_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV" AC_LINK_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_PROGRAM( [[ #include #include ]], [[iconv_t cd = iconv_open("",""); iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL); iconv_close(cd);]])], [am_cv_lib_iconv=yes] [am_cv_func_iconv=yes]) LIBS="$am_save_LIBS" fi ]) if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working iconv], [am_cv_func_iconv_works], [ dnl This tests against bugs in AIX 5.1, AIX 6.1..7.1, HP-UX 11.11, dnl Solaris 10. am_save_LIBS="$LIBS" if test $am_cv_lib_iconv = yes; then LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV" fi am_cv_func_iconv_works=no for ac_iconv_const in '' 'const'; do AC_RUN_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_PROGRAM( [[ #include #include #ifndef ICONV_CONST # define ICONV_CONST $ac_iconv_const #endif ]], [[int result = 0; /* Test against AIX 5.1 bug: Failures are not distinguishable from successful returns. */ { iconv_t cd_utf8_to_88591 = iconv_open ("ISO8859-1", "UTF-8"); if (cd_utf8_to_88591 != (iconv_t)(-1)) { static ICONV_CONST char input[] = "\342\202\254"; /* EURO SIGN */ char buf[10]; ICONV_CONST char *inptr = input; size_t inbytesleft = strlen (input); char *outptr = buf; size_t outbytesleft = sizeof (buf); size_t res = iconv (cd_utf8_to_88591, &inptr, &inbytesleft, &outptr, &outbytesleft); if (res == 0) result |= 1; iconv_close (cd_utf8_to_88591); } } /* Test against Solaris 10 bug: Failures are not distinguishable from successful returns. */ { iconv_t cd_ascii_to_88591 = iconv_open ("ISO8859-1", "646"); if (cd_ascii_to_88591 != (iconv_t)(-1)) { static ICONV_CONST char input[] = "\263"; char buf[10]; ICONV_CONST char *inptr = input; size_t inbytesleft = strlen (input); char *outptr = buf; size_t outbytesleft = sizeof (buf); size_t res = iconv (cd_ascii_to_88591, &inptr, &inbytesleft, &outptr, &outbytesleft); if (res == 0) result |= 2; iconv_close (cd_ascii_to_88591); } } /* Test against AIX 6.1..7.1 bug: Buffer overrun. */ { iconv_t cd_88591_to_utf8 = iconv_open ("UTF-8", "ISO-8859-1"); if (cd_88591_to_utf8 != (iconv_t)(-1)) { static ICONV_CONST char input[] = "\304"; static char buf[2] = { (char)0xDE, (char)0xAD }; ICONV_CONST char *inptr = input; size_t inbytesleft = 1; char *outptr = buf; size_t outbytesleft = 1; size_t res = iconv (cd_88591_to_utf8, &inptr, &inbytesleft, &outptr, &outbytesleft); if (res != (size_t)(-1) || outptr - buf > 1 || buf[1] != (char)0xAD) result |= 4; iconv_close (cd_88591_to_utf8); } } #if 0 /* This bug could be worked around by the caller. */ /* Test against HP-UX 11.11 bug: Positive return value instead of 0. */ { iconv_t cd_88591_to_utf8 = iconv_open ("utf8", "iso88591"); if (cd_88591_to_utf8 != (iconv_t)(-1)) { static ICONV_CONST char input[] = "\304rger mit b\366sen B\374bchen ohne Augenma\337"; char buf[50]; ICONV_CONST char *inptr = input; size_t inbytesleft = strlen (input); char *outptr = buf; size_t outbytesleft = sizeof (buf); size_t res = iconv (cd_88591_to_utf8, &inptr, &inbytesleft, &outptr, &outbytesleft); if ((int)res > 0) result |= 8; iconv_close (cd_88591_to_utf8); } } #endif /* Test against HP-UX 11.11 bug: No converter from EUC-JP to UTF-8 is provided. */ if (/* Try standardized names. */ iconv_open ("UTF-8", "EUC-JP") == (iconv_t)(-1) /* Try IRIX, OSF/1 names. */ && iconv_open ("UTF-8", "eucJP") == (iconv_t)(-1) /* Try AIX names. */ && iconv_open ("UTF-8", "IBM-eucJP") == (iconv_t)(-1) /* Try HP-UX names. */ && iconv_open ("utf8", "eucJP") == (iconv_t)(-1)) result |= 16; return result; ]])], [am_cv_func_iconv_works=yes], , [case "$host_os" in aix* | hpux*) am_cv_func_iconv_works="guessing no" ;; *) am_cv_func_iconv_works="guessing yes" ;; esac]) test "$am_cv_func_iconv_works" = no || break done LIBS="$am_save_LIBS" ]) case "$am_cv_func_iconv_works" in *no) am_func_iconv=no am_cv_lib_iconv=no ;; *) am_func_iconv=yes ;; esac else am_func_iconv=no am_cv_lib_iconv=no fi if test "$am_func_iconv" = yes; then AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ICONV], [1], [Define if you have the iconv() function and it works.]) fi if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv]) AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBICONV]) else dnl If $LIBICONV didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need $INCICONV dnl either. CPPFLAGS="$am_save_CPPFLAGS" LIBICONV= LTLIBICONV= fi AC_SUBST([LIBICONV]) AC_SUBST([LTLIBICONV]) ]) dnl Define AM_ICONV using AC_DEFUN_ONCE for Autoconf >= 2.64, in order to dnl avoid warnings like dnl "warning: AC_REQUIRE: `AM_ICONV' was expanded before it was required". dnl This is tricky because of the way 'aclocal' is implemented: dnl - It requires defining an auxiliary macro whose name ends in AC_DEFUN. dnl Otherwise aclocal's initial scan pass would miss the macro definition. dnl - It requires a line break inside the AC_DEFUN_ONCE and AC_DEFUN expansions. dnl Otherwise aclocal would emit many "Use of uninitialized value $1" dnl warnings. m4_define([gl_iconv_AC_DEFUN], m4_version_prereq([2.64], [[AC_DEFUN_ONCE( [$1], [$2])]], [m4_ifdef([gl_00GNULIB], [[AC_DEFUN_ONCE( [$1], [$2])]], [[AC_DEFUN( [$1], [$2])]])])) gl_iconv_AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV], [ AM_ICONV_LINK if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration]) AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_proto_iconv], [ AC_COMPILE_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_PROGRAM( [[ #include #include extern #ifdef __cplusplus "C" #endif #if defined(__STDC__) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__cplusplus) size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft); #else size_t iconv(); #endif ]], [[]])], [am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1=""], [am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const"]) am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"]) am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'` AC_MSG_RESULT([ $am_cv_proto_iconv]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([ICONV_CONST], [$am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1], [Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.]) dnl Also substitute ICONV_CONST in the gnulib generated . m4_ifdef([gl_ICONV_H_DEFAULTS], [AC_REQUIRE([gl_ICONV_H_DEFAULTS]) if test -n "$am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1"; then ICONV_CONST="const" fi ]) fi ]) dfcgen-gtk-0.6/m4/pkg.m40000644000175000001440000002400714265526641011666 00000000000000# pkg.m4 - Macros to locate and utilise pkg-config. -*- Autoconf -*- # serial 12 (pkg-config-0.29.2) dnl Copyright © 2004 Scott James Remnant . dnl Copyright © 2012-2015 Dan Nicholson dnl dnl This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify dnl it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by dnl the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or dnl (at your option) any later version. dnl dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but dnl WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU dnl General Public License for more details. dnl dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License dnl along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software dnl Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA dnl 02111-1307, USA. dnl dnl As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you dnl distribute this file as part of a program that contains a dnl configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under dnl the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that dnl program. dnl PKG_PREREQ(MIN-VERSION) dnl ----------------------- dnl Since: 0.29 dnl dnl Verify that the version of the pkg-config macros are at least dnl MIN-VERSION. Unlike PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG, which checks the user's dnl installed version of pkg-config, this checks the developer's version dnl of pkg.m4 when generating configure. dnl dnl To ensure that this macro is defined, also add: dnl m4_ifndef([PKG_PREREQ], dnl [m4_fatal([must install pkg-config 0.29 or later before running autoconf/autogen])]) dnl dnl See the "Since" comment for each macro you use to see what version dnl of the macros you require. m4_defun([PKG_PREREQ], [m4_define([PKG_MACROS_VERSION], [0.29.2]) m4_if(m4_version_compare(PKG_MACROS_VERSION, [$1]), -1, [m4_fatal([pkg.m4 version $1 or higher is required but ]PKG_MACROS_VERSION[ found])]) ])dnl PKG_PREREQ dnl PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG([MIN-VERSION]) dnl ---------------------------------- dnl Since: 0.16 dnl dnl Search for the pkg-config tool and set the PKG_CONFIG variable to dnl first found in the path. Checks that the version of pkg-config found dnl is at least MIN-VERSION. If MIN-VERSION is not specified, 0.9.0 is dnl used since that's the first version where most current features of dnl pkg-config existed. AC_DEFUN([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG], [m4_pattern_forbid([^_?PKG_[A-Z_]+$]) m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG(_(PATH|LIBDIR|SYSROOT_DIR|ALLOW_SYSTEM_(CFLAGS|LIBS)))?$]) m4_pattern_allow([^PKG_CONFIG_(DISABLE_UNINSTALLED|TOP_BUILD_DIR|DEBUG_SPEW)$]) AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG], [path to pkg-config utility]) AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_PATH], [directories to add to pkg-config's search path]) AC_ARG_VAR([PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR], [path overriding pkg-config's built-in search path]) if test "x$ac_cv_env_PKG_CONFIG_set" != "xset"; then AC_PATH_TOOL([PKG_CONFIG], [pkg-config]) fi if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then _pkg_min_version=m4_default([$1], [0.9.0]) AC_MSG_CHECKING([pkg-config is at least version $_pkg_min_version]) if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version $_pkg_min_version; then AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) else AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) PKG_CONFIG="" fi fi[]dnl ])dnl PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG dnl PKG_CHECK_EXISTS(MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) dnl ------------------------------------------------------------------- dnl Since: 0.18 dnl dnl Check to see whether a particular set of modules exists. Similar to dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES(), but does not set variables or print errors. dnl dnl Please remember that m4 expands AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG]) dnl only at the first occurence in configure.ac, so if the first place dnl it's called might be skipped (such as if it is within an "if", you dnl have to call PKG_CHECK_EXISTS manually AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_EXISTS], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl if test -n "$PKG_CONFIG" && \ AC_RUN_LOG([$PKG_CONFIG --exists --print-errors "$1"]); then m4_default([$2], [:]) m4_ifvaln([$3], [else $3])dnl fi]) dnl _PKG_CONFIG([VARIABLE], [COMMAND], [MODULES]) dnl --------------------------------------------- dnl Internal wrapper calling pkg-config via PKG_CONFIG and setting dnl pkg_failed based on the result. m4_define([_PKG_CONFIG], [if test -n "$$1"; then pkg_cv_[]$1="$$1" elif test -n "$PKG_CONFIG"; then PKG_CHECK_EXISTS([$3], [pkg_cv_[]$1=`$PKG_CONFIG --[]$2 "$3" 2>/dev/null` test "x$?" != "x0" && pkg_failed=yes ], [pkg_failed=yes]) else pkg_failed=untried fi[]dnl ])dnl _PKG_CONFIG dnl _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED dnl --------------------------- dnl Internal check to see if pkg-config supports short errors. AC_DEFUN([_PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG]) if $PKG_CONFIG --atleast-pkgconfig-version 0.20; then _pkg_short_errors_supported=yes else _pkg_short_errors_supported=no fi[]dnl ])dnl _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], dnl [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) dnl -------------------------------------------------------------- dnl Since: 0.4.0 dnl dnl Note that if there is a possibility the first call to dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES might not happen, you should be sure to include an dnl explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your configure.ac AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_CFLAGS], [C compiler flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl AC_ARG_VAR([$1][_LIBS], [linker flags for $1, overriding pkg-config])dnl pkg_failed=no AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $2]) _PKG_CONFIG([$1][_CFLAGS], [cflags], [$2]) _PKG_CONFIG([$1][_LIBS], [libs], [$2]) m4_define([_PKG_TEXT], [Alternatively, you may set the environment variables $1[]_CFLAGS and $1[]_LIBS to avoid the need to call pkg-config. See the pkg-config man page for more details.]) if test $pkg_failed = yes; then AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) _PKG_SHORT_ERRORS_SUPPORTED if test $_pkg_short_errors_supported = yes; then $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --short-errors --print-errors --cflags --libs "$2" 2>&1` else $1[]_PKG_ERRORS=`$PKG_CONFIG --print-errors --cflags --libs "$2" 2>&1` fi # Put the nasty error message in config.log where it belongs echo "$$1[]_PKG_ERRORS" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_ERROR( [Package requirements ($2) were not met: $$1_PKG_ERRORS Consider adjusting the PKG_CONFIG_PATH environment variable if you installed software in a non-standard prefix. _PKG_TEXT])[]dnl ]) elif test $pkg_failed = untried; then AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) m4_default([$4], [AC_MSG_FAILURE( [The pkg-config script could not be found or is too old. Make sure it is in your PATH or set the PKG_CONFIG environment variable to the full path to pkg-config. _PKG_TEXT To get pkg-config, see .])[]dnl ]) else $1[]_CFLAGS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_CFLAGS $1[]_LIBS=$pkg_cv_[]$1[]_LIBS AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) $3 fi[]dnl ])dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC(VARIABLE-PREFIX, MODULES, [ACTION-IF-FOUND], dnl [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) dnl --------------------------------------------------------------------- dnl Since: 0.29 dnl dnl Checks for existence of MODULES and gathers its build flags with dnl static libraries enabled. Sets VARIABLE-PREFIX_CFLAGS from --cflags dnl and VARIABLE-PREFIX_LIBS from --libs. dnl dnl Note that if there is a possibility the first call to dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC might not happen, you should be sure to dnl include an explicit call to PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG in your dnl configure.ac. AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl _save_PKG_CONFIG=$PKG_CONFIG PKG_CONFIG="$PKG_CONFIG --static" PKG_CHECK_MODULES($@) PKG_CONFIG=$_save_PKG_CONFIG[]dnl ])dnl PKG_CHECK_MODULES_STATIC dnl PKG_INSTALLDIR([DIRECTORY]) dnl ------------------------- dnl Since: 0.27 dnl dnl Substitutes the variable pkgconfigdir as the location where a module dnl should install pkg-config .pc files. By default the directory is dnl $libdir/pkgconfig, but the default can be changed by passing dnl DIRECTORY. The user can override through the --with-pkgconfigdir dnl parameter. AC_DEFUN([PKG_INSTALLDIR], [m4_pushdef([pkg_default], [m4_default([$1], ['${libdir}/pkgconfig'])]) m4_pushdef([pkg_description], [pkg-config installation directory @<:@]pkg_default[@:>@]) AC_ARG_WITH([pkgconfigdir], [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pkgconfigdir], pkg_description)],, [with_pkgconfigdir=]pkg_default) AC_SUBST([pkgconfigdir], [$with_pkgconfigdir]) m4_popdef([pkg_default]) m4_popdef([pkg_description]) ])dnl PKG_INSTALLDIR dnl PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR([DIRECTORY]) dnl -------------------------------- dnl Since: 0.27 dnl dnl Substitutes the variable noarch_pkgconfigdir as the location where a dnl module should install arch-independent pkg-config .pc files. By dnl default the directory is $datadir/pkgconfig, but the default can be dnl changed by passing DIRECTORY. The user can override through the dnl --with-noarch-pkgconfigdir parameter. AC_DEFUN([PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR], [m4_pushdef([pkg_default], [m4_default([$1], ['${datadir}/pkgconfig'])]) m4_pushdef([pkg_description], [pkg-config arch-independent installation directory @<:@]pkg_default[@:>@]) AC_ARG_WITH([noarch-pkgconfigdir], [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-noarch-pkgconfigdir], pkg_description)],, [with_noarch_pkgconfigdir=]pkg_default) AC_SUBST([noarch_pkgconfigdir], [$with_noarch_pkgconfigdir]) m4_popdef([pkg_default]) m4_popdef([pkg_description]) ])dnl PKG_NOARCH_INSTALLDIR dnl PKG_CHECK_VAR(VARIABLE, MODULE, CONFIG-VARIABLE, dnl [ACTION-IF-FOUND], [ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]) dnl ------------------------------------------- dnl Since: 0.28 dnl dnl Retrieves the value of the pkg-config variable for the given module. AC_DEFUN([PKG_CHECK_VAR], [AC_REQUIRE([PKG_PROG_PKG_CONFIG])dnl AC_ARG_VAR([$1], [value of $3 for $2, overriding pkg-config])dnl _PKG_CONFIG([$1], [variable="][$3]["], [$2]) AS_VAR_COPY([$1], [pkg_cv_][$1]) AS_VAR_IF([$1], [""], [$5], [$4])dnl ])dnl PKG_CHECK_VAR dfcgen-gtk-0.6/m4/intlmacosx.m40000644000175000001440000000473714162664014013267 00000000000000# intlmacosx.m4 serial 5 (gettext-0.18.2) dnl Copyright (C) 2004-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc. dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. dnl dnl This file can be used in projects which are not available under dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext dnl functionality. dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU dnl gettext package is covered by the GNU General Public License. dnl They are *not* in the public domain. dnl Checks for special options needed on Mac OS X. dnl Defines INTL_MACOSX_LIBS. AC_DEFUN([gt_INTL_MACOSX], [ dnl Check for API introduced in Mac OS X 10.2. AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFPreferencesCopyAppValue], [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue], [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation" AC_LINK_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_PROGRAM( [[#include ]], [[CFPreferencesCopyAppValue(NULL, NULL)]])], [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=yes], [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=no]) LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"]) if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes; then AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE], [1], [Define to 1 if you have the Mac OS X function CFPreferencesCopyAppValue in the CoreFoundation framework.]) fi dnl Check for API introduced in Mac OS X 10.3. AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFLocaleCopyCurrent], [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent], [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation" AC_LINK_IFELSE( [AC_LANG_PROGRAM( [[#include ]], [[CFLocaleCopyCurrent();]])], [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=yes], [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=no]) LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"]) if test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT], [1], [Define to 1 if you have the Mac OS X function CFLocaleCopyCurrent in the CoreFoundation framework.]) fi INTL_MACOSX_LIBS= if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes || test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then INTL_MACOSX_LIBS="-Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation" fi AC_SUBST([INTL_MACOSX_LIBS]) ]) dfcgen-gtk-0.6/doc/0000755000175000001440000000000014270306435011136 500000000000000dfcgen-gtk-0.6/doc/dfcgen.sty0000644000175000001440000000202014162663742013046 00000000000000\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} \ProvidesPackage{dfcgen} \RequirePackage{amsmath} %% Jacobian elliptic functions \DeclareMathOperator{\jam}{am} \DeclareMathOperator{\jdelta}{\varDelta} % delta-amplitude \DeclareMathOperator{\jsn}{sn} \DeclareMathOperator{\jcn}{cn} \DeclareMathOperator{\jdn}{dn} \DeclareMathOperator{\jcd}{cd} \DeclareMathOperator{\jdc}{dc} \DeclareMathOperator{\jsc}{sc} \DeclareMathOperator{\jnc}{nc} \DeclareMathOperator{\jds}{ds} \DeclareMathOperator{\jcs}{cs} \DeclareMathOperator{\jsd}{sd} \DeclareMathOperator{\jns}{ns} \DeclareMathOperator{\jnd}{nd} \DeclareMathOperator{\arsinh}{arsinh} \DeclareMathOperator{\arcosh}{arcosh} \DeclareMathOperator{\artanh}{artanh} \DeclareMathOperator{\chebyT}{T} % Chebyshev function of first kind \DeclareMathOperator{\si}{si} % Sinus Cardinalis \DeclareMathOperator{\Si}{Si} % Sine Integral \DeclareMathOperator{\imop}{Im} % Imaginary part of complex number (Im{} operator) \DeclareMathOperator{\reop}{Re} % real part of complex number (Re{} operator) dfcgen-gtk-0.6/doc/Makefile.in0000644000175000001440000003075614266063357013146 00000000000000# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.16.5 from Makefile.am. # @configure_input@ # Copyright (C) 1994-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A # PARTICULAR PURPOSE. @SET_MAKE@ VPATH = @srcdir@ am__is_gnu_make = { \ if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \ false; \ elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \ true; \ elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \ true; \ else \ false; \ fi; \ } am__make_running_with_option = \ case $${target_option-} in \ ?) ;; \ *) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \ "target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ has_opt=no; \ sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \ if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \ sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \ else \ case $$MAKEFLAGS in \ *\\[\ \ ]*) \ bs=\\; \ sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \ | sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \ esac; \ fi; \ skip_next=no; \ strip_trailopt () \ { \ flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \ }; \ for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \ test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \ case $$flg in \ *=*|--*) continue;; \ -*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \ -*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \ -*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \ -*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \ -[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \ -[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \ esac; \ case $$flg in \ *$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \ esac; \ done; \ test $$has_opt = yes am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option)) am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option)) pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@ pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@ am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644 install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA) transform = $(program_transform_name) NORMAL_INSTALL = : PRE_INSTALL = : POST_INSTALL = : NORMAL_UNINSTALL = : PRE_UNINSTALL = : POST_UNINSTALL = : build_triplet = @build@ host_triplet = @host@ subdir = doc ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4 am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/pkg.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \ $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \ $(ACLOCAL_M4) DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON) mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES = AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@) am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_P_0 = false am__v_P_1 = : AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@) am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@; am__v_GEN_1 = AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@) am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@) am__v_at_0 = @ am__v_at_1 = SOURCES = DIST_SOURCES = am__can_run_installinfo = \ case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \ n|no|NO) false;; \ *) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \ esac am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST) ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@ AMTAR = @AMTAR@ AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@ AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@ AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@ AWK = @AWK@ CC = @CC@ CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = @COPYRIGHT_HOLDER@ CPP = @CPP@ CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ CSCOPE = @CSCOPE@ CTAGS = @CTAGS@ CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@ DEFS = @DEFS@ DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@ ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@ ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@ ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@ EGREP = @EGREP@ ETAGS = @ETAGS@ EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@ GETTEXT_PACKAGE = @GETTEXT_PACKAGE@ GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@ GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@ GREP = @GREP@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@ INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@ INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@ INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@ INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@ LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@ LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ LIBS = @LIBS@ LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@ LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@ LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@ MAINT = @MAINT@ MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@ MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@ MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@ MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@ MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@ OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@ PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ PACKAGE_AUTHOR = @PACKAGE_AUTHOR@ PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@ PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@ PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@ PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@ PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@ PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@ PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@ PKGCONF_CFLAGS = @PKGCONF_CFLAGS@ PKGCONF_LIBS = @PKGCONF_LIBS@ PKG_CONFIG = @PKG_CONFIG@ PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR = @PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR@ PKG_CONFIG_PATH = @PKG_CONFIG_PATH@ POSUB = @POSUB@ SED = @SED@ SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@ SHELL = @SHELL@ STRIP = @STRIP@ USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@ VERSION = @VERSION@ WINDRES = @WINDRES@ XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@ XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@ XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@ abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@ abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@ abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@ abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@ ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@ am__include = @am__include@ am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@ am__quote = @am__quote@ am__tar = @am__tar@ am__untar = @am__untar@ bindir = @bindir@ build = @build@ build_alias = @build_alias@ build_cpu = @build_cpu@ build_os = @build_os@ build_vendor = @build_vendor@ builddir = @builddir@ datadir = @datadir@ datarootdir = @datarootdir@ docdir = @docdir@ dvidir = @dvidir@ exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ host = @host@ host_alias = @host_alias@ host_cpu = @host_cpu@ host_os = @host_os@ host_vendor = @host_vendor@ htmldir = @htmldir@ includedir = @includedir@ infodir = @infodir@ install_sh = @install_sh@ libdir = @libdir@ libexecdir = @libexecdir@ localedir = @localedir@ localstatedir = @localstatedir@ mandir = @mandir@ mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@ oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@ pdfdir = @pdfdir@ pkgfiltersdir = @pkgfiltersdir@ pkgpixmapsdir = @pkgpixmapsdir@ pkgtemplatesdir = @pkgtemplatesdir@ prefix = @prefix@ program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@ psdir = @psdir@ runstatedir = @runstatedir@ sbindir = @sbindir@ sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@ srcdir = @srcdir@ sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@ target_alias = @target_alias@ top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@ top_builddir = @top_builddir@ top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ EXTRA_DIST = \ dfcgen.sty\ Doxyfile all: all-am .SUFFIXES: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps) @for dep in $?; do \ case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \ *$$dep*) \ ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \ && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \ exit 1;; \ esac; \ done; \ echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign doc/Makefile'; \ $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \ $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign doc/Makefile Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status @case '$?' in \ *config.status*) \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \ *) \ echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles)'; \ cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__maybe_remake_depfiles);; \ esac; $(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh $(am__aclocal_m4_deps): tags TAGS: ctags CTAGS: cscope cscopelist: distdir: $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) distdir-am distdir-am: $(DISTFILES) @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \ list='$(DISTFILES)'; \ dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \ sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \ -e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \ case $$dist_files in \ */*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \ sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \ sort -u` ;; \ esac; \ for file in $$dist_files; do \ if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \ if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \ cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \ fi; \ cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \ else \ test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \ || exit 1; \ fi; \ done check-am: all-am check: check-am all-am: Makefile installdirs: install: install-am install-exec: install-exec-am install-data: install-data-am uninstall: uninstall-am install-am: all-am @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am installcheck: installcheck-am install-strip: if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ install; \ else \ $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \ install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \ "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \ fi mostlyclean-generic: clean-generic: distclean-generic: -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES) maintainer-clean-generic: @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use" @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." clean: clean-am clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am distclean: distclean-am -rm -f Makefile distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic dvi: dvi-am dvi-am: html: html-am html-am: info: info-am info-am: install-data-am: install-dvi: install-dvi-am install-dvi-am: install-exec-am: install-html: install-html-am install-html-am: install-info: install-info-am install-info-am: install-man: install-pdf: install-pdf-am install-pdf-am: install-ps: install-ps-am install-ps-am: installcheck-am: maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am -rm -f Makefile maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic \ maintainer-clean-local mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-generic pdf: pdf-am pdf-am: ps: ps-am ps-am: uninstall-am: .MAKE: install-am install-strip .PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic cscopelist-am \ ctags-am distclean distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am html \ html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \ install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \ install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \ install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \ install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \ installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \ maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-local mostlyclean \ mostlyclean-generic pdf pdf-am ps ps-am tags-am uninstall \ uninstall-am .PRECIOUS: Makefile override TEXINPUTS = .:$(abs_srcdir): export TEXINPUTS dox: doxygen .PHONY: dox maintainer-clean-local: -rm -Rf html/ latex/ # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables. # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. .NOEXPORT: dfcgen-gtk-0.6/doc/Doxyfile0000644000175000001440000031764014162663742012606 00000000000000# Doxyfile 1.8.11 # This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system # doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. # # All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in # front of the TAG it is preceding. # # All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. # The format is: # TAG = value [value, ...] # For lists, items can also be appended using: # TAG += value [value, ...] # Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Project related configuration options #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file # that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text # before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv # built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv # for the list of possible encodings. # The default value is: UTF-8. DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 # The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by # double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the # project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the # title of most generated pages and in a few other places. # The default value is: My Project. PROJECT_NAME = dfcgen-gtk # The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This # could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version # control system is used. PROJECT_NUMBER = "Version 0.6" # Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description # for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a # quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. PROJECT_BRIEF = # With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included # in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 # pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy # the logo to the output directory. PROJECT_LOGO = # The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path # into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is # entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If # left blank the current directory will be used. OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = . # If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub- # directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and # will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this # option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where # putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes # performance problems for the file system. # The default value is: NO. CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO # If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII # characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII # characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode # U+3044. # The default value is: NO. ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO # The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all # documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this # information to generate all constant output in the proper language. # Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, # Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), # Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, # Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), # Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, # Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, # Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, # Ukrainian and Vietnamese. # The default value is: English. OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English # If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member # descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class # documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. # The default value is: YES. BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES # If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief # description of a member or function before the detailed description # # Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the # brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. # The default value is: YES. REPEAT_BRIEF = YES # This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is # used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found # as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text # and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated # text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the # following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of # the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, # specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = # If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then # doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief # description. # The default value is: NO. ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO # If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all # inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those # members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment # operators of the base classes will not be shown. # The default value is: NO. INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO # If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path # before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the # shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used # The default value is: YES. FULL_PATH_NAMES = NO # The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. # Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand # part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. # If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to # strip. # # Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which # will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. # This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. STRIP_FROM_PATH = # The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the # path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which # header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of # the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should # specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler # using the -I flag. STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = # If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but # less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't # support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. # The default value is: NO. SHORT_NAMES = NO # If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the # first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief # description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- # style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief # description.) # The default value is: NO. JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = YES # If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first # line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If # set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus # requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) # The default value is: NO. QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO # The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a # multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as # a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is # to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this # tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. # # Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are # not recognized any more. # The default value is: NO. MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO # If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the # documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. # The default value is: YES. INHERIT_DOCS = YES # If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new # page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part # of the file/class/namespace that contains it. # The default value is: NO. SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO # The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen # uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. # Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. TAB_SIZE = 4 # This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in # the documentation. An alias has the form: # name=value # For example adding # "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" # will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the # documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading # "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert # newlines. ALIASES = # This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). # A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" # will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. TCL_SUBST = # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources # only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For # instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all # members will be omitted, etc. # The default value is: NO. OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or # Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored # for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, # qualified scopes will look different, etc. # The default value is: NO. OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO # Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran # sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. # The default value is: NO. OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL # sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. # The default value is: NO. OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO # Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it # parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given # extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it # using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and # language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, # C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: # FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: # Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed # or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For # instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), # and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. # # Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. # # Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise # the files are not read by doxygen. EXTENSION_MAPPING = # If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments # according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable # documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. # The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can # mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in # case of backward compatibilities issues. # The default value is: YES. MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES # When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented # classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can # be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or # globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. # The default value is: YES. AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES # If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want # to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this # tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and # definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); # versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration # diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. # The default value is: NO. BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO # If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to # enable parsing support. # The default value is: NO. CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO # Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: # http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen # will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead # of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. # The default value is: NO. SIP_SUPPORT = NO # For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate # getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make # doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. # This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple # type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you # should set this option to NO. # The default value is: YES. IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES # If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC # tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first # member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default # all members of a group must be documented explicitly. # The default value is: NO. DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO # If one adds a struct or class to a group and this option is enabled, then also # any nested class or struct is added to the same group. By default this option # is disabled and one has to add nested compounds explicitly via \ingroup. # The default value is: NO. GROUP_NESTED_COMPOUNDS = NO # Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type # (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that # type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent # subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the # \nosubgrouping command. # The default value is: YES. SUBGROUPING = YES # When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions # are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) # instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX # and RTF). # # Note that this feature does not work in combination with # SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. # The default value is: NO. INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO # When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions # with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in # the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, # namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set # to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and # Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). # The default value is: NO. INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO # When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or # enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So # typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct # with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, # namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be # useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound # types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. # The default value is: NO. TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO # The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This # cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be # an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the # code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small # doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The # cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range # is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 # symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest # the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. # Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Build related configuration options #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in # documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private # class members and static file members will be hidden unless the # EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. # Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are # normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. # The default value is: NO. EXTRACT_ALL = NO # If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will # be included in the documentation. # The default value is: NO. EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO # If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal # scope will be included in the documentation. # The default value is: NO. EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO # If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be # included in the documentation. # The default value is: NO. EXTRACT_STATIC = YES # If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined # locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO, # only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect # for Java sources. # The default value is: YES. EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES # This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods, # which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are # included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are # included. # The default value is: NO. EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = YES # If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be # extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called # 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of # the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace # are hidden. # The default value is: NO. EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO # If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all # undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these # members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation # section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. # The default value is: NO. HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = YES # If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all # undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set # to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option # has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. # The default value is: NO. HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = YES # If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend # (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be # included in the documentation. # The default value is: NO. HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO # If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any # documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these # blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. # The default value is: NO. HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO # The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a # \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation # will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. # The default value is: NO. INTERNAL_DOCS = NO # If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file # names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also # allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ # in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows # and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. # The default value is: system dependent. CASE_SENSE_NAMES = YES # If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with # their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the # scope will be hidden. # The default value is: NO. HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO # If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will # append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to # YES the compound reference will be hidden. # The default value is: NO. HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO # If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of # the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. # The default value is: YES. SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES # If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each # grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader # which file to include in order to use the member. # The default value is: NO. SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO # If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include # files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. # The default value is: NO. FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO # If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the # documentation for inline members. # The default value is: YES. INLINE_INFO = YES # If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the # (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member # name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. # The default value is: YES. SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES # If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief # descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member # name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that # this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. # The default value is: NO. SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO # If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the # (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and # destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the # respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. # Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief # member documentation. # Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting # detailed member documentation. # The default value is: NO. SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO # If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy # of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will # appear in their defined order. # The default value is: NO. SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO # If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by # fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will # be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. # Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. # Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical # list. # The default value is: NO. SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO # If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper # type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between # the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is # only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a # simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still # accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. # The default value is: NO. STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO # The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo # list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation. # The default value is: YES. GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES # The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test # list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation. # The default value is: YES. GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES # The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug # list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. # The default value is: YES. GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES # The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) # the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in # the documentation. # The default value is: YES. GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES # The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation # sections, marked by \if ... \endif and \cond # ... \endcond blocks. ENABLED_SECTIONS = # The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the # initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the # documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here # it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The # appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be # controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the # documentation regardless of this setting. # Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 # Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at # the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the # list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. # The default value is: YES. SHOW_USED_FILES = YES # Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This # will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View # (if specified). # The default value is: YES. SHOW_FILES = YES # Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces # page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the # Folder Tree View (if specified). # The default value is: YES. SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES # The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that # doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from # the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via # popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the # FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided # by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file # version. For an example see the documentation. FILE_VERSION_FILTER = # The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed # by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated # output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file # that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can # optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml # will be used as the name of the layout file. # # Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called # DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE # tag is left empty. LAYOUT_FILE = # The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing # the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib # extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool # to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. # For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using # LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the # search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. CITE_BIB_FILES = #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Configuration options related to warning and progress messages #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to # standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the # messages are off. # The default value is: NO. QUIET = NO # The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are # generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES # this implies that the warnings are on. # # Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. # The default value is: YES. WARNINGS = YES # If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate # warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag # will automatically be disabled. # The default value is: YES. WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES # If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for # potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters # in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using # markup commands wrongly. # The default value is: YES. WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES # This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that # are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return # value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete # parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. # The default value is: NO. WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = NO # If the WARN_AS_ERROR tag is set to YES then doxygen will immediately stop when # a warning is encountered. # The default value is: NO. WARN_AS_ERROR = NO # The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen # can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which # will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated # and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will # be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via # FILE_VERSION_FILTER) # The default value is: $file:$line: $text. WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" # The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error # messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard # error (stderr). WARN_LOGFILE = #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Configuration options related to the input files #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain # documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or # directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with # spaces. See also FILE_PATTERNS and EXTENSION_MAPPING # Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. INPUT = ../src \ ../include # This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files # that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses # libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv # documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of # possible encodings. # The default value is: UTF-8. INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the # FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and # *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. # # Note that for custom extensions or not directly supported extensions you also # need to set EXTENSION_MAPPING for the extension otherwise the files are not # read by doxygen. # # If left blank the following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, # *.c++, *.java, *.ii, *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, # *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, # *.m, *.markdown, *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.pyw, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, # *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf, *.qsf, *.as and *.js. FILE_PATTERNS = *.c \ *.h \ *.C \ *.H # The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should # be searched for input files as well. # The default value is: NO. RECURSIVE = YES # The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be # excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a # subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. # # Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is # run. EXCLUDE = # The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or # directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded # from the input. # The default value is: NO. EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the # EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude # certain files from those directories. # # Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to # exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = # The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names # (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the # output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the # wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, # AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test # # Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to # exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = # The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories # that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include # command). EXAMPLE_PATH = # If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the # EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and # *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all # files are included. EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * # If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be # searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands # irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. # The default value is: NO. EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO # The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories # that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the # \image command). IMAGE_PATH = # The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should # invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program # by executing (via popen()) the command: # # # # where is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and is the # name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter # program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag # will be ignored. # # Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the # code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added # or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. # # Note that for custom extensions or not directly supported extensions you also # need to set EXTENSION_MAPPING for the extension otherwise the files are not # properly processed by doxygen. INPUT_FILTER = # The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern # basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the # filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter # (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how # filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the # patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. # # Note that for custom extensions or not directly supported extensions you also # need to set EXTENSION_MAPPING for the extension otherwise the files are not # properly processed by doxygen. FILTER_PATTERNS = # If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using # INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for # producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). # The default value is: NO. FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO # The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file # pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and # it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using # *.ext= (so without naming a filter). # This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = # If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that # is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page # (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub # and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Configuration options related to source browsing #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be # generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. # # Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that # also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. # The default value is: NO. SOURCE_BROWSER = NO # Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, # classes and enums directly into the documentation. # The default value is: NO. INLINE_SOURCES = NO # Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any # special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and # Fortran comments will always remain visible. # The default value is: YES. STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES # If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented # function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. # The default value is: NO. REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO # If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function # all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. # The default value is: NO. REFERENCES_RELATION = NO # If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set # to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and # REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will # link to the documentation. # The default value is: YES. REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES # If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the # source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, # brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this # will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you # can opt to disable this feature. # The default value is: YES. # This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES # If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will # point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in # source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system # (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version # 4.8.6 or higher. # # To use it do the following: # - Install the latest version of global # - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file # - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree # - Run doxygen as normal # # Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these # tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). # # The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to # source code will now point to the output of htags. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. USE_HTAGS = NO # If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a # verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is # specified. Set to NO to disable this. # See also: Section \class. # The default value is: YES. VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO # If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the # clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the # cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template # rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type # information. # Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was # generated with the -Duse-libclang=ON option for CMake. # The default value is: NO. CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO # If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command # line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that # the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories # specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. # This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. CLANG_OPTIONS = #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all # compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of # classes, structs, unions or interfaces. # The default value is: YES. ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = NO # The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in # which the alphabetical index list will be split. # Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. # This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 # In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will # be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag # can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored # while generating the index headers. # This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. IGNORE_PREFIX = #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Configuration options related to the HTML output #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output # The default value is: YES. GENERATE_HTML = YES # The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a # relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of # it. # The default directory is: html. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_OUTPUT = html # The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each # generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). # The default value is: .html. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html # The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for # each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a # standard header. # # To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets # that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. # the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a # default header using # doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css # YourConfigFile # and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" # for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally # uses. # Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the # default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description # of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_HEADER = # The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each # generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard # footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default # footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also # section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer # that doxygen normally uses. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_FOOTER = # The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style # sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of # the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. # See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style # sheet that doxygen normally uses. # Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as # it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become # obsolete. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_STYLESHEET = # The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined # cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets # created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. # This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the # standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates. # Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. # Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last # style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the # list). For an example see the documentation. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = # The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or # other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note # that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the # $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these # files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the # files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_EXTRA_FILES = # The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen # will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to # this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see # http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value # 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 # purple, and 360 is red again. # Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 # The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors # in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A # value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. # Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 # The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the # luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 # gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output # darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents # a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not # change the gamma. # Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 # If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML # page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this # to YES can help to show when doxygen was last run and thus if the # documentation is up to date. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_TIMESTAMP = YES # If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML # documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the # page has loaded. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO # With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries # shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand # and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to # such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless # a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of # entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value # representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded # tree by default. # Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 # If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be # generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development # environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with # OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a # Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in # that directory and running make install will install the docset in # ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at # startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html # for more information. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. GENERATE_DOCSET = NO # This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides # an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider # (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. # The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" # This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation # set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. # com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. # The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project # The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify # the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style # string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. # The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher # The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. # The default value is: Publisher. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three # additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The # index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop # (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on # Windows. # # The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output # generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML # files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old # Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed # HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for # words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for # compressed HTML files. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO # The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm # file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be # written to the html output directory. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. CHM_FILE = # The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path # including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty, # doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. # The file has to be specified with full path. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. HHC_LOCATION = # The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated # (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. GENERATE_CHI = NO # The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) # and project file content. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = # The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated # (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it # enables the Previous and Next buttons. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. BINARY_TOC = NO # The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to # the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. TOC_EXPAND = NO # If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and # QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that # can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help # (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. GENERATE_QHP = NO # If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify # the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to # the HTML output folder. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. QCH_FILE = # The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help # Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace # (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). # The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project # The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt # Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual # Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- # folders). # The default value is: doc. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc # If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom # filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom # Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- # filters). # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = # The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the # custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom # Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- # filters). # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = # The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this # project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: # http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = # The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's # qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the # generated .qhp file. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. QHG_LOCATION = # If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be # generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To # install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in # Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs # to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory # within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. # After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO # A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin # the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this # name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. # The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project # If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might # be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The # DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top # of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables # it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation # tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. DISABLE_INDEX = NO # The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index # structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag # value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like # index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this # to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required # (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the # HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can # further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style # sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at # the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has # the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting # DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES # The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that # doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. # # Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing # in the overview section. # Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4 # If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used # to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. # Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 # If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to # external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO # Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in # the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful # doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML # output directory to force them to be regenerated. # Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 # Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images # generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not # supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. # # Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in # the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. # The default value is: YES. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES # Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see # http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering # instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX # installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When # enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path # to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. USE_MATHJAX = NO # When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for # the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: # http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. # Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best # compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. # The default value is: HTML-CSS. # This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS # When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML # output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory # should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory # is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then # MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax # Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing # MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of # MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. # The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. # This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://www.mathjax.org/mathjax # The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax # extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example # MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols # This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = # The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces # of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site # (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an # example see the documentation. # This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. MATHJAX_CODEFILE = # When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for # the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and # should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help # (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) # there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. # For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then # enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to # search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use + S # (what the is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically # , /